jeltz/hostap
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity
hostap/wpa_supplicant/p2p_supplicant.c

5263 lines
144 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
/*
* wpa_supplicant - P2P
* Copyright (c) 2009-2010, Atheros Communications
*
Remove the GPL notification from files contributed by Atheros Remove the GPL notification text from files that were initially contributed by Atheros Communications or Qualcomm Atheros. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 15:31:36 +01:00
* This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
* See README for more details.
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
*/
#include "includes.h"
#include "common.h"
#include "eloop.h"
#include "common/ieee802_11_common.h"
#include "common/ieee802_11_defs.h"
#include "common/wpa_ctrl.h"
#include "wps/wps_i.h"
#include "p2p/p2p.h"
#include "ap/hostapd.h"
Do not add P2P IE into Beacon/Probe Response if P2P is disabled P2P IE was incorrectly added in wpa_supplicant AP mode even if P2P function was not actually enabled. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-14 15:26:45 +01:00
#include "ap/ap_config.h"
P2P: Disable periodic NoA when non-P2P STA is connected For now, this applies to the test command that can be used to set periodic NoA (p2p_set noa). The value are stored and periodic NoA is enabled whenever there are no non-P2P STAs connected to the GO.
2010-07-09 02:14:24 +02:00
#include "ap/p2p_hostapd.h"
Clear WPA and EAPOL state machine config pointer on network removal Make sure that the WPA and EAPOL state machines do not hold a pointer to a network configuration that is about to be freed. This can fix potential issues with references to freed memory.
2011-06-27 18:02:24 +02:00
#include "eapol_supp/eapol_supp_sm.h"
#include "rsn_supp/wpa.h"
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
#include "wpa_supplicant_i.h"
#include "driver_i.h"
#include "ap.h"
#include "config_ssid.h"
#include "config.h"
#include "notify.h"
#include "scan.h"
#include "bss.h"
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#include "offchannel.h"
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
#include "wps_supplicant.h"
#include "p2p_supplicant.h"
P2P: Allow multiple scan runs to find GO for p2p_connect join If the GO is not found, we cannot send Provisioning Discovery Request frame and cannot really connect anyway. Since the Provisioning Discovery is a mandatory part, it is better to continue join-scan until the GO is found instead of moving to the next step where normal connection scan is used (PD would not be used from there). Use a limit of 10 scan attempts for p2p_connect join to avoid getting in infinite loop trying to join. If the GO is not found with those scans, indicate failure (P2P-GROUP-FORMATION-FAILURE) and stop the join attempt.
2010-11-15 15:15:38 +01:00
/*
* How many times to try to scan to find the GO before giving up on join
* request.
*/
#define P2P_MAX_JOIN_SCAN_ATTEMPTS 10
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
#define P2P_AUTO_PD_SCAN_ATTEMPTS 5
P2P: Use hardcoded idle timeout of 10 seconds in P2P client role The p2p_group_idle configuration parameter is much more useful for GO role, so use a separate hardcoded value of 10 seconds in P2P client role. In practice, this means that the P2P client role will automatically tear down the group when the GO tears down the group. The 10 second timeout is enough to recover from temporary disconnections without unnecessary tearing down the group if the GO is still present and allows the client to connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:21:22 +01:00
#ifndef P2P_MAX_CLIENT_IDLE
/*
* How many seconds to try to reconnect to the GO when connection in P2P client
* role has been lost.
*/
#define P2P_MAX_CLIENT_IDLE 10
#endif /* P2P_MAX_CLIENT_IDLE */
P2P: Extend use of group formation timeout until end of 4-way handshake Instead of relying on the P2P group idle timeout before the group connection has been fully established, re-start the group formation timeout in the end of the WPS provisioning step and clear it at the successful completion of the initial 4-way handshake. This allows the P2P group idle timeout to be set to a small value without triggering it during the initial scan and connection attempt. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 16:01:15 +02:00
#ifndef P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT
/*
* How many seconds to wait for initial 4-way handshake to get completed after
* WPS provisioning step.
*/
#define P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT 10
#endif /* P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT */
P2P: Use 500 ms search delay by default during concurrent operations If the p2p_find command is used without the delay parameter, a 500 ms default search delay will now be used when any interface using the same radio is in an concurrent operation. "p2p_find delay=0" can be used to enforce the old behavior in such a case if needed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 17:34:57 +02:00
#ifndef P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY
#define P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY 500
#endif /* P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY */
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
enum p2p_group_removal_reason {
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_UNKNOWN,
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_SILENT,
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_FORMATION_FAILED,
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_REQUESTED,
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT,
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_UNAVAILABLE,
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_GO_ENDING_SESSION
};
P2P: Allow multiple scan runs to find GO for p2p_connect join If the GO is not found, we cannot send Provisioning Discovery Request frame and cannot really connect anyway. Since the Provisioning Discovery is a mandatory part, it is better to continue join-scan until the GO is found instead of moving to the next step where normal connection scan is used (PD would not be used from there). Use a limit of 10 scan attempts for p2p_connect join to avoid getting in infinite loop trying to join. If the GO is not found with those scans, indicate failure (P2P-GROUP-FORMATION-FAILURE) and stop the join attempt.
2010-11-15 15:15:38 +01:00
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_long_listen_timeout(void *eloop_ctx, void *timeout_ctx);
static struct wpa_supplicant *
wpas_p2p_get_group_iface(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, int addr_allocated,
int go);
static int wpas_p2p_join_start(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s);
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_join_scan_req(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, int freq);
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_join_scan(void *eloop_ctx, void *timeout_ctx);
P2P: Add command for pre-authorizing an invitation to an active group This is mainly designed for testing and allows p2p_connect join auth to be used to accept a specific invitation to an active group that may be received in the future.
2010-06-27 09:11:42 +02:00
static int wpas_p2p_join(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *iface_addr,
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
const u8 *dev_addr, enum p2p_wps_method wps_method,
int auto_join);
P2P: Wait for PD-before-join response Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual connection. If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any reason. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 19:52:24 +01:00
static void wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout(void *eloop_ctx,
void *timeout_ctx);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
static int wpas_p2p_create_iface(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s);
P2P: Add support for cross connection If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device interface.
2010-07-10 19:19:34 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_cross_connect_setup(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s);
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout(void *eloop_ctx, void *timeout_ctx);
static void wpas_p2p_set_group_idle_timeout(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s);
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_fallback_to_go_neg(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
int group_added);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_scan_res_handler(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_scan_results *scan_res)
{
size_t i;
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Scan results received (%d BSS)",
(int) scan_res->num);
for (i = 0; i < scan_res->num; i++) {
struct wpa_scan_res *bss = scan_res->res[i];
if (p2p_scan_res_handler(wpa_s->global->p2p, bss->bssid,
bss->freq, bss->level,
(const u8 *) (bss + 1),
bss->ie_len) > 0)
P2P: Do not skip call to p2p_scan_res_handled() Even if p2p_scan_res_handler() returns 1 to indicate that scan result iteration should be stopped, the p2p_scan_res_handled() needs to be called to clear p2p_scan_running and to get a callback that will start any operations that were delayed because of the running scan.
2010-11-05 17:17:42 +01:00
break;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
p2p_scan_res_handled(wpa_s->global->p2p);
}
P2P: Add option for requested device type in P2P search/scan With this, p2p_find can be extended to find certain requested device types. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 11:57:46 +01:00
static int wpas_p2p_scan(void *ctx, enum p2p_scan_type type, int freq,
unsigned int num_req_dev_types,
P2P: Advertise immediate availability of WPS credential Use Device Password ID in WSC IE of Probe Request and Probe Response frames to advertise immediate availability of WPS credentials per P2P specification sections 3.1.2.1.1 (Listen State), 3.1.2.1.2 (Scan Phase), and 3.1.2.1.3 (Find Phase). For now, the Device Password ID is set only for the case where we are active GO Negotiation with a specific peer. In practice, this means that the Probe Response frames during pending GO Negotiation (whenever in Listen state) indicate availability of the credential. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 22:14:35 +01:00
const u8 *req_dev_types, const u8 *dev_id, u16 pw_id)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
P2P: Allow scan operations during p2p_find Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition, allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on, connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:42:53 +02:00
struct wpa_supplicant *ifs;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
struct wpa_driver_scan_params params;
int ret;
struct wpabuf *wps_ie, *ies;
int social_channels[] = { 2412, 2437, 2462, 0, 0 };
P2P: Provide mechanism for figuring out p2p_scan_ie() buffer need The new function, p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(), can be used to figure out how large a buffer needs to be allocated for p2p_scan_ie() use. This makes it easier to add new data into the buffer without forcing all callers to be updated to use a larger buffer.
2011-04-28 15:14:35 +02:00
size_t ielen;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Allow scan operations during p2p_find Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition, allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on, connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:42:53 +02:00
for (ifs = wpa_s->global->ifaces; ifs; ifs = ifs->next) {
if (ifs->sta_scan_pending &&
wpas_p2p_in_progress(wpa_s) == 2) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "Delaying P2P scan to allow "
"pending station mode scan to be "
"completed on interface %s", ifs->ifname);
P2P: Move p2p_cb_on_scan_complete to global context Since we have a global P2P module, the flag to trigger scan completion events to it needs to be in similar context. The previous design maintained this separately for each virtual interface and if P2P module did not run its scan operation on the virtual interface that completed the scan, P2P module would not be allowed to restart operations properly. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 02:58:22 +02:00
wpa_s->global->p2p_cb_on_scan_complete = 1;
P2P: Allow scan operations during p2p_find Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition, allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on, connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:42:53 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(ifs, 0, 0);
return 1;
}
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
/* P2P Wildcard SSID */
params.num_ssids = 1;
params.ssids[0].ssid = (u8 *) P2P_WILDCARD_SSID;
params.ssids[0].ssid_len = P2P_WILDCARD_SSID_LEN;
wpa_s->wps->dev.p2p = 1;
P2P: Advertise immediate availability of WPS credential Use Device Password ID in WSC IE of Probe Request and Probe Response frames to advertise immediate availability of WPS credentials per P2P specification sections 3.1.2.1.1 (Listen State), 3.1.2.1.2 (Scan Phase), and 3.1.2.1.3 (Find Phase). For now, the Device Password ID is set only for the case where we are active GO Negotiation with a specific peer. In practice, this means that the Probe Response frames during pending GO Negotiation (whenever in Listen state) indicate availability of the credential. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 22:14:35 +01:00
wps_ie = wps_build_probe_req_ie(pw_id, &wpa_s->wps->dev,
wpa_s->wps->uuid, WPS_REQ_ENROLLEE,
P2P: Add option for requested device type in P2P search/scan With this, p2p_find can be extended to find certain requested device types. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 11:57:46 +01:00
num_req_dev_types, req_dev_types);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wps_ie == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Provide mechanism for figuring out p2p_scan_ie() buffer need The new function, p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(), can be used to figure out how large a buffer needs to be allocated for p2p_scan_ie() use. This makes it easier to add new data into the buffer without forcing all callers to be updated to use a larger buffer.
2011-04-28 15:14:35 +02:00
ielen = p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(wpa_s->global->p2p);
ies = wpabuf_alloc(wpabuf_len(wps_ie) + ielen);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (ies == NULL) {
wpabuf_free(wps_ie);
return -1;
}
wpabuf_put_buf(ies, wps_ie);
wpabuf_free(wps_ie);
P2P: Allow Device ID to be specified for p2p_find command dev_id=<P2P Device Addr> can now be specified as an argument to p2p_find to request P2P find for a specific P2P device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-08 18:25:29 +01:00
p2p_scan_ie(wpa_s->global->p2p, ies, dev_id);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Remove CCK supported rates when running P2P scan This allows drivers to disable CCK rates from Probe Request frames. For nl80211, this is currently applying only to the supported rates element(s), but this mechanism could be extended to address TX rate control masking, too, to lessen need for global rate disabling. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-09-10 21:40:30 +02:00
params.p2p_probe = 1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
params.extra_ies = wpabuf_head(ies);
params.extra_ies_len = wpabuf_len(ies);
switch (type) {
case P2P_SCAN_SOCIAL:
params.freqs = social_channels;
break;
case P2P_SCAN_FULL:
break;
case P2P_SCAN_SOCIAL_PLUS_ONE:
social_channels[3] = freq;
params.freqs = social_channels;
break;
}
Remove user space client MLME This code was used only with driver_test.c to allow MLME operations in hostapd to be tested without having to use a real radio. There are no plans on extending this to any other use than testing and mac80211_hwsim has now obsoled the need for this type of testing. As such, we can drop this code from wpa_supplicant to clean up the implementation of unnecessary complexity.
2011-10-22 21:45:38 +02:00
ret = wpa_drv_scan(wpa_s, &params);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpabuf_free(ies);
P2P: Wait until ongoing scan completes before starting P2P find The P2P_FIND command was failing if it was issued at the moment when a scan operation was in progress. Avoid returning failure in this case by scheduling the P2P find to start once the ongoing scan is completed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-15 20:25:21 +01:00
if (ret) {
P2P: Check all interfaces for pending scan for p2p_scan failures Driver could reject the new scan based on any virtual interface running a concurrent scan. As such, mark the pending scan callback for P2P based on any interfaces instead of just the one used for the p2p_scan operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 03:03:14 +02:00
for (ifs = wpa_s->global->ifaces; ifs; ifs = ifs->next) {
if (ifs->scanning ||
ifs->scan_res_handler == wpas_p2p_scan_res_handler) {
wpa_s->global->p2p_cb_on_scan_complete = 1;
ret = 1;
break;
}
P2P: Wait until ongoing scan completes before starting P2P find The P2P_FIND command was failing if it was issued at the moment when a scan operation was in progress. Avoid returning failure in this case by scheduling the P2P find to start once the ongoing scan is completed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-15 20:25:21 +01:00
}
P2P: Fix scan_res_handler setting for p2p_scan The previous version set scan_res_handler unconditionally and then cleared it if scan request failed. This can result in incorrect clearing of the handler to NULL for a previously started scan that has not yet completed. This can make p2p_find command fail to use the start-after-scan-completion mechanism in some cases. Fix this by setting scan_res_handler properly after having verified that the driver command for starting the scan was successful. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-06 16:07:46 +02:00
} else
wpa_s->scan_res_handler = wpas_p2p_scan_res_handler;
P2P: Do not leave P2P scan handler registered if scan fails If the initial attempt to start a scan for p2p_find fails, an error is reported. However, the P2P scan handler and search state was left behind. That can result in unexpected behavior when the next non-P2P scan results are indicated. Avoid this by clearing the P2P search state on failure.
2011-09-29 15:52:23 +02:00
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return ret;
}
static enum wpa_driver_if_type wpas_p2p_if_type(int p2p_group_interface)
{
switch (p2p_group_interface) {
case P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE_PENDING:
return WPA_IF_P2P_GROUP;
case P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE_GO:
return WPA_IF_P2P_GO;
case P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE_CLIENT:
return WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT;
}
return WPA_IF_P2P_GROUP;
}
P2P: Do not start multiple copies of same persistent group When running p2p_group_add persistent=<id>, verify whether the requested group is already running and if so, do not try to start another copy of it.
2010-11-19 11:57:36 +01:00
static struct wpa_supplicant * wpas_get_p2p_group(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const u8 *ssid,
size_t ssid_len, int *go)
{
struct wpa_ssid *s;
for (wpa_s = wpa_s->global->ifaces; wpa_s; wpa_s = wpa_s->next) {
for (s = wpa_s->conf->ssid; s; s = s->next) {
if (s->disabled != 0 || !s->p2p_group ||
s->ssid_len != ssid_len ||
os_memcmp(ssid, s->ssid, ssid_len) != 0)
continue;
if (s->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO &&
s != wpa_s->current_ssid)
continue;
if (go)
*go = s->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO;
return wpa_s;
}
}
return NULL;
}
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
static int wpas_p2p_group_delete(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
enum p2p_group_removal_reason removal_reason)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
char *gtype;
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
const char *reason;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
if (ssid == NULL) {
/*
* The current SSID was not known, but there may still be a
P2P: Fix p2p_group_idle in no-group-interface P2P client case Commit 30ee769235f3170d9bf6b62c11c6e018e97deb84 started skipping P2P group removal if wpa_s->current_ssid is not set and commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 started clearing wpa_s->current_ssid on disconnection. This combination broke p2p_group_idle timeout on P2P client interface in a case where no separate P2P group interface is used and when the disconnection is triggered by something else than an explicit indication of GO terminating the group. Fix this by relaxing network block matching rules when figuring out whether any of the configured network blocks could be in P2P use. The p2p_group flag alone should be enough for this since temporary P2P group network blocks are removed once the P2P group is terminated. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-23 19:28:03 +02:00
* pending P2P group interface waiting for provisioning or a
* P2P group that is trying to reconnect.
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
*/
ssid = wpa_s->conf->ssid;
while (ssid) {
P2P: Fix p2p_group_idle in no-group-interface P2P client case Commit 30ee769235f3170d9bf6b62c11c6e018e97deb84 started skipping P2P group removal if wpa_s->current_ssid is not set and commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 started clearing wpa_s->current_ssid on disconnection. This combination broke p2p_group_idle timeout on P2P client interface in a case where no separate P2P group interface is used and when the disconnection is triggered by something else than an explicit indication of GO terminating the group. Fix this by relaxing network block matching rules when figuring out whether any of the configured network blocks could be in P2P use. The p2p_group flag alone should be enough for this since temporary P2P group network blocks are removed once the P2P group is terminated. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-23 19:28:03 +02:00
if (ssid->p2p_group)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
break;
ssid = ssid->next;
}
P2P: Do not fail p2p_group_remove just based on current_ssid The wpa_s->current_ssid pointer may get cleared, e.g., when disconnected. Commit 30ee769235f3170d9bf6b62c11c6e018e97deb84 made wpas_p2p_group_delete() exit early before removing a P2P interface in this type of case. That can cause number of issues from p2p_group_remove command failing to busy loop when terminating wpa_supplicant if there is a P2P group interface in client mode and that interface happens to be in disconnected state. Fix these issues by allowing wpas_p2p_group_delete() remove the P2P group interface regardless of whether wpa_s->currnt_ssid is set. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 20:35:32 +02:00
if (ssid == NULL &&
wpa_s->p2p_group_interface == NOT_P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE)
{
P2P: p2p_group_remove should fail on non-P2P interface p2p_group_remove should only attempt to remove P2P group interfaces and fail on non-P2P group interfaces. Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com> Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
2012-08-11 11:06:23 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: P2P group interface "
"not found");
return -1;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
if (wpa_s->p2p_group_interface == P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE_GO)
gtype = "GO";
else if (wpa_s->p2p_group_interface == P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE_CLIENT ||
(ssid && ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA)) {
wpa_s->reassociate = 0;
wpa_s->disconnected = 1;
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(wpa_s,
WLAN_REASON_DEAUTH_LEAVING);
gtype = "client";
} else
gtype = "GO";
P2P: Add support for cross connection If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device interface.
2010-07-10 19:19:34 +02:00
if (wpa_s->cross_connect_in_use) {
wpa_s->cross_connect_in_use = 0;
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_CROSS_CONNECT_DISABLE "%s %s",
wpa_s->ifname, wpa_s->cross_connect_uplink);
}
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
switch (removal_reason) {
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
case P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_REQUESTED:
reason = " reason=REQUESTED";
break;
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
case P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_FORMATION_FAILED:
reason = " reason=FORMATION_FAILED";
break;
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
case P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT:
reason = " reason=IDLE";
break;
P2P: Remove P2P group on driver resource becoming unavailable Add a new driver event, EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE, for indicating that the driver is not able to continue operating the virtual interface in its current mode anymore, e.g., due to operating channel for GO interface forced to a DFS channel by another virtual interface. When this happens for a P2P group interface, the P2P group will be terminated and P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event shows the reason for this as follows: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=UNAVAILABLE
2010-10-25 18:16:11 +02:00
case P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_UNAVAILABLE:
reason = " reason=UNAVAILABLE";
break;
P2P: Remove client group on Deauthentication reason code 3 The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 15:43:06 +02:00
case P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_GO_ENDING_SESSION:
reason = " reason=GO_ENDING_SESSION";
break;
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
default:
reason = "";
break;
}
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
if (removal_reason != P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_SILENT) {
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_GROUP_REMOVED "%s %s%s",
wpa_s->ifname, gtype, reason);
}
P2P: Add group removed notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:27:23 +01:00
P2P: Add more debug on group idle timeout This makes it easier to debug issues with P2P group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-19 17:16:34 +01:00
if (eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout, wpa_s, NULL) > 0)
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Cancelled P2P group idle timeout");
P2P: Fix group idle timer cancellation on group removal The wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout was getting cancelled in the beginning of wpas_p2p_group_delete(). However, in the case of P2P client role, this function called wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate() next and that ended up changing state to WPA_DISCONNECTED which resulted in wpas_p2p_notif_disconnected() rescheduling the timeout. This left the unexpected timeout behind after the group was removed. If another group operation was started within P2P_MAX_CLIENT_IDLE (10) seconds, that timeout could end up terminating the group while it was still being set up. Fix this by reordering wpas_p2p_group_delete() to cancel the group idle timeout only after having called wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(). The group idle timeout is still rescheduled, but it gets removed immediately afterwards when the actual group information is being cleared. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-19 17:10:20 +01:00
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
if (removal_reason != P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_SILENT && ssid)
P2P: Add group removed notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:27:23 +01:00
wpas_notify_p2p_group_removed(wpa_s, ssid, gtype);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_group_interface != NOT_P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE) {
struct wpa_global *global;
char *ifname;
enum wpa_driver_if_type type;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Remove group interface %s",
wpa_s->ifname);
global = wpa_s->global;
ifname = os_strdup(wpa_s->ifname);
type = wpas_p2p_if_type(wpa_s->p2p_group_interface);
Let wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface() know that process is terminating This will be needed to be able to move ctrl_iface TERMINATING event to the end of interface removal. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-01-29 19:15:48 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_remove_iface(wpa_s->global, wpa_s, 0);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s = global->ifaces;
if (wpa_s && ifname)
wpa_drv_if_remove(wpa_s, type, ifname);
os_free(ifname);
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
return 1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Remove temporary group network");
if (ssid && (ssid->p2p_group ||
ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GROUP_FORMATION ||
(ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS))) {
int id = ssid->id;
Clear WPA and EAPOL state machine config pointer on network removal Make sure that the WPA and EAPOL state machines do not hold a pointer to a network configuration that is about to be freed. This can fix potential issues with references to freed memory.
2011-06-27 18:02:24 +02:00
if (ssid == wpa_s->current_ssid) {
wpa_sm_set_config(wpa_s->wpa, NULL);
eapol_sm_notify_config(wpa_s->eapol, NULL, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->current_ssid = NULL;
Clear WPA and EAPOL state machine config pointer on network removal Make sure that the WPA and EAPOL state machines do not hold a pointer to a network configuration that is about to be freed. This can fix potential issues with references to freed memory.
2011-06-27 18:02:24 +02:00
}
P2P: Update D-Bus network object semantics during group formation Do not emit network objects during P2P group formation since such network objects can confuse certain apps. Instead, a persistent group object is created to allow apps to keep track of persistent groups. Persistent group objects only represent the info needed to recreate the group. Also fixes a minor bug in the handling of persistent group objects during WPS operations. Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-23 20:25:13 +02:00
/*
* Networks objects created during any P2P activities are not
* exposed out as they might/will confuse certain non-P2P aware
* applications since these network objects won't behave like
* regular ones.
*
* Likewise, we don't send out network removed signals for such
* network objects.
*/
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_config_remove_network(wpa_s->conf, id);
wpa_supplicant_clear_status(wpa_s);
Stop sched_scan in number of cases where it should not be running When a P2P group is removed, we better not leave possibly started sched_scan running. This could happen when a separate group interface was not used. In addition, it looks safer to explicitly stop sched_scan before starting P2P Listen or Find operations to make sure the offloaded scanning is not running when doing similar P2P operations. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 17:26:09 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_cancel_sched_scan(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
} else {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Temporary group network not "
"found");
}
P2P: Add deinit_p2p_cli op to clear P2P client driver state On P2P group removal, the GO is deinitialized correctly (and the vif mode is set back to sta in case of nl80211), but the P2P client mode wasn't deinitialized, and the nl80211 vif stays in P2P client mode. Add a new deinit_p2p_cli op (similar to deinit_ap), which currently only sets the interface back to station mode. Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-01 20:41:23 +02:00
if (wpa_s->ap_iface)
wpa_supplicant_ap_deinit(wpa_s);
else
wpa_drv_deinit_p2p_cli(wpa_s);
P2P: p2p_group_remove should fail on non-P2P interface p2p_group_remove should only attempt to remove P2P group interfaces and fail on non-P2P group interfaces. Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com> Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
2012-08-11 11:06:23 +02:00
return 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static int wpas_p2p_persistent_group(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
u8 *go_dev_addr,
const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
{
struct wpa_bss *bss;
const u8 *bssid;
struct wpabuf *p2p;
u8 group_capab;
const u8 *addr;
if (wpa_s->go_params)
bssid = wpa_s->go_params->peer_interface_addr;
else
bssid = wpa_s->bssid;
bss = wpa_bss_get(wpa_s, bssid, ssid, ssid_len);
if (bss == NULL) {
u8 iface_addr[ETH_ALEN];
if (p2p_get_interface_addr(wpa_s->global->p2p, bssid,
iface_addr) == 0)
bss = wpa_bss_get(wpa_s, iface_addr, ssid, ssid_len);
}
if (bss == NULL) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Could not figure out whether "
"group is persistent - BSS " MACSTR " not found",
MAC2STR(bssid));
return 0;
}
p2p = wpa_bss_get_vendor_ie_multi(bss, P2P_IE_VENDOR_TYPE);
if (p2p == NULL) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Could not figure out whether "
"group is persistent - BSS " MACSTR
" did not include P2P IE", MAC2STR(bssid));
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Probe Response IEs",
(u8 *) (bss + 1), bss->ie_len);
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Beacon IEs",
((u8 *) bss + 1) + bss->ie_len,
bss->beacon_ie_len);
return 0;
}
group_capab = p2p_get_group_capab(p2p);
addr = p2p_get_go_dev_addr(p2p);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Checking whether group is persistent: "
"group_capab=0x%x", group_capab);
if (addr) {
os_memcpy(go_dev_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: GO Device Address " MACSTR,
MAC2STR(addr));
} else
os_memset(go_dev_addr, 0, ETH_ALEN);
wpabuf_free(p2p);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: BSS " MACSTR " group_capab=0x%x "
"go_dev_addr=" MACSTR,
MAC2STR(bssid), group_capab, MAC2STR(go_dev_addr));
return group_capab & P2P_GROUP_CAPAB_PERSISTENT_GROUP;
}
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
static int wpas_p2p_store_persistent_group(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_ssid *ssid,
const u8 *go_dev_addr)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct wpa_ssid *s;
int changed = 0;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Storing credentials for a persistent "
"group (GO Dev Addr " MACSTR ")", MAC2STR(go_dev_addr));
for (s = wpa_s->conf->ssid; s; s = s->next) {
if (s->disabled == 2 &&
os_memcmp(go_dev_addr, s->bssid, ETH_ALEN) == 0 &&
s->ssid_len == ssid->ssid_len &&
os_memcmp(ssid->ssid, s->ssid, ssid->ssid_len) == 0)
break;
}
if (s) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Update existing persistent group "
"entry");
if (ssid->passphrase && !s->passphrase)
changed = 1;
else if (ssid->passphrase && s->passphrase &&
os_strcmp(ssid->passphrase, s->passphrase) != 0)
changed = 1;
} else {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Create a new persistent group "
"entry");
changed = 1;
s = wpa_config_add_network(wpa_s->conf);
if (s == NULL)
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
return -1;
P2P: Update D-Bus network object semantics during group formation Do not emit network objects during P2P group formation since such network objects can confuse certain apps. Instead, a persistent group object is created to allow apps to keep track of persistent groups. Persistent group objects only represent the info needed to recreate the group. Also fixes a minor bug in the handling of persistent group objects during WPS operations. Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-23 20:25:13 +02:00
/*
* Instead of network_added we emit persistent_group_added
* notification. Also to keep the defense checks in
* persistent_group obj registration method, we set the
* relevant flags in s to designate it as a persistent group.
*/
s->p2p_group = 1;
s->p2p_persistent_group = 1;
wpas_notify_persistent_group_added(wpa_s, s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_config_set_network_defaults(s);
}
s->p2p_group = 1;
s->p2p_persistent_group = 1;
s->disabled = 2;
s->bssid_set = 1;
os_memcpy(s->bssid, go_dev_addr, ETH_ALEN);
s->mode = ssid->mode;
s->auth_alg = WPA_AUTH_ALG_OPEN;
s->key_mgmt = WPA_KEY_MGMT_PSK;
s->proto = WPA_PROTO_RSN;
s->pairwise_cipher = WPA_CIPHER_CCMP;
DBus: Publish provisioned keys in network properties When the network was provisioned, we need to get the keys to be able to reconnect without new provisioning. To be able to publish those keys but not normally configured ones, add a new attribute to struct wpa_ssid indicating whether or not keys may be exported. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:00:12 +01:00
s->export_keys = 1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (ssid->passphrase) {
os_free(s->passphrase);
s->passphrase = os_strdup(ssid->passphrase);
}
if (ssid->psk_set) {
s->psk_set = 1;
os_memcpy(s->psk, ssid->psk, 32);
}
if (s->passphrase && !s->psk_set)
wpa_config_update_psk(s);
if (s->ssid == NULL || s->ssid_len < ssid->ssid_len) {
os_free(s->ssid);
s->ssid = os_malloc(ssid->ssid_len);
}
if (s->ssid) {
s->ssid_len = ssid->ssid_len;
os_memcpy(s->ssid, ssid->ssid, s->ssid_len);
}
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_CONFIG_WRITE
if (changed && wpa_s->conf->update_config &&
wpa_config_write(wpa_s->confname, wpa_s->conf)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Failed to update configuration");
}
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_CONFIG_WRITE */
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
return s->id;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific peer device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:47:41 +01:00
static void wpas_p2p_add_persistent_group_client(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const u8 *addr)
{
struct wpa_ssid *ssid, *s;
u8 *n;
size_t i;
Improve p2p_client_list updates in configuration file This list can get truncated due to too many addresses getting added. Reorder the entries in a way that allows the most recently added values to be maintained in the list and use better debug/error messages when parsing the value. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-23 22:56:51 +02:00
int found = 0;
P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific peer device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:47:41 +01:00
ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
if (ssid == NULL || ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO ||
!ssid->p2p_persistent_group)
return;
for (s = wpa_s->parent->conf->ssid; s; s = s->next) {
if (s->disabled != 2 || s->mode != WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO)
continue;
if (s->ssid_len == ssid->ssid_len &&
os_memcmp(s->ssid, ssid->ssid, s->ssid_len) == 0)
break;
}
if (s == NULL)
return;
for (i = 0; s->p2p_client_list && i < s->num_p2p_clients; i++) {
if (os_memcmp(s->p2p_client_list + i * ETH_ALEN, addr,
Improve p2p_client_list updates in configuration file This list can get truncated due to too many addresses getting added. Reorder the entries in a way that allows the most recently added values to be maintained in the list and use better debug/error messages when parsing the value. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-23 22:56:51 +02:00
ETH_ALEN) != 0)
continue;
if (i == s->num_p2p_clients - 1)
return; /* already the most recent entry */
/* move the entry to mark it most recent */
os_memmove(s->p2p_client_list + i * ETH_ALEN,
s->p2p_client_list + (i + 1) * ETH_ALEN,
(s->num_p2p_clients - i - 1) * ETH_ALEN);
os_memcpy(s->p2p_client_list +
(s->num_p2p_clients - 1) * ETH_ALEN, addr, ETH_ALEN);
found = 1;
break;
P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific peer device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:47:41 +01:00
}
P2P: Limit maximum number of stored P2P clients to 100 This limits the maximum size of the p2p_client_list parameter that is maintained at the GO for a persistent group. In other words, only the 100 most recently seen P2P clients are kept in the list. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-23 23:23:44 +02:00
if (!found && s->num_p2p_clients < P2P_MAX_STORED_CLIENTS) {
Improve p2p_client_list updates in configuration file This list can get truncated due to too many addresses getting added. Reorder the entries in a way that allows the most recently added values to be maintained in the list and use better debug/error messages when parsing the value. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-23 22:56:51 +02:00
n = os_realloc_array(s->p2p_client_list,
s->num_p2p_clients + 1, ETH_ALEN);
if (n == NULL)
return;
os_memcpy(n + s->num_p2p_clients * ETH_ALEN, addr, ETH_ALEN);
s->p2p_client_list = n;
s->num_p2p_clients++;
P2P: Limit maximum number of stored P2P clients to 100 This limits the maximum size of the p2p_client_list parameter that is maintained at the GO for a persistent group. In other words, only the 100 most recently seen P2P clients are kept in the list. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-23 23:23:44 +02:00
} else if (!found) {
/* Not enough room for an additional entry - drop the oldest
* entry */
os_memmove(s->p2p_client_list,
s->p2p_client_list + ETH_ALEN,
(s->num_p2p_clients - 1) * ETH_ALEN);
os_memcpy(s->p2p_client_list +
(s->num_p2p_clients - 1) * ETH_ALEN,
addr, ETH_ALEN);
Improve p2p_client_list updates in configuration file This list can get truncated due to too many addresses getting added. Reorder the entries in a way that allows the most recently added values to be maintained in the list and use better debug/error messages when parsing the value. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-23 22:56:51 +02:00
}
P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific peer device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:47:41 +01:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_CONFIG_WRITE
if (wpa_s->parent->conf->update_config &&
wpa_config_write(wpa_s->parent->confname, wpa_s->parent->conf))
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Failed to update configuration");
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_CONFIG_WRITE */
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
static void wpas_group_formation_completed(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
int success)
{
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
const char *ssid_txt;
int client;
int persistent;
u8 go_dev_addr[ETH_ALEN];
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
int network_id = -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
/*
* This callback is likely called for the main interface. Update wpa_s
* to use the group interface if a new interface was created for the
* group.
*/
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation)
wpa_s = wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation;
P2P: Make sure wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation gets cleared This pointer is now used in number of places to check whether an interface is in P2P Group Formation, so we better make sure it gets cleared when group formation has been completed. This was done in only some of the cases.
2010-11-18 11:41:27 +01:00
wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation = NULL;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning = 0;
if (!success) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_GROUP_FORMATION_FAILURE);
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
wpas_p2p_group_delete(wpa_s,
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_FORMATION_FAILED);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return;
}
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_GROUP_FORMATION_SUCCESS);
ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
if (ssid && ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GROUP_FORMATION) {
ssid->mode = WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO;
p2p_group_notif_formation_done(wpa_s->p2p_group);
wpa_supplicant_ap_mac_addr_filter(wpa_s, NULL);
}
persistent = 0;
if (ssid) {
ssid_txt = wpa_ssid_txt(ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len);
client = ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA;
if (ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO) {
persistent = ssid->p2p_persistent_group;
P2P: Use global->p2p_dev_addr instead of parent->own_addr Start using global->p2p_dev_addr more consistently as the P2P Device Address. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-25 22:58:03 +01:00
os_memcpy(go_dev_addr, wpa_s->global->p2p_dev_addr,
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
ETH_ALEN);
} else
persistent = wpas_p2p_persistent_group(wpa_s,
go_dev_addr,
ssid->ssid,
ssid->ssid_len);
} else {
ssid_txt = "";
client = wpa_s->p2p_group_interface ==
P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE_CLIENT;
P2P: Clear go_dev_addr for group started events if it is not known Better make sure the address value included in the event message gets cleared in case the GO Device Address is not known for some reason. Previously, this could potentially have been some random data from stack should we ever hit the case where wpa_s->current_ssid is not set (which should not really happen in normal use cases).
2011-04-13 21:03:52 +02:00
os_memset(go_dev_addr, 0, ETH_ALEN);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
wpa_s->show_group_started = 0;
if (client) {
/*
* Indicate event only after successfully completed 4-way
* handshake, i.e., when the interface is ready for data
* packets.
*/
wpa_s->show_group_started = 1;
} else if (ssid && ssid->passphrase == NULL && ssid->psk_set) {
char psk[65];
wpa_snprintf_hex(psk, sizeof(psk), ssid->psk, 32);
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED
P2P: Add frequency into group started ctrl_interface events
2010-09-06 15:57:19 +02:00
"%s GO ssid=\"%s\" freq=%d psk=%s go_dev_addr=" MACSTR
"%s",
wpa_s->ifname, ssid_txt, ssid->frequency, psk,
MAC2STR(go_dev_addr),
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
persistent ? " [PERSISTENT]" : "");
P2P: Add support for cross connection If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device interface.
2010-07-10 19:19:34 +02:00
wpas_p2p_cross_connect_setup(wpa_s);
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
wpas_p2p_set_group_idle_timeout(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
} else {
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED
P2P: Add frequency into group started ctrl_interface events
2010-09-06 15:57:19 +02:00
"%s GO ssid=\"%s\" freq=%d passphrase=\"%s\" "
"go_dev_addr=" MACSTR "%s",
P2P: Add NULL pointer validation for ssid for group started event It looks likely that ssid is not NULL here, but better keep this consistent with other uses of ssid pointer in this function.
2010-10-31 11:12:07 +01:00
wpa_s->ifname, ssid_txt, ssid ? ssid->frequency : 0,
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
ssid && ssid->passphrase ? ssid->passphrase : "",
MAC2STR(go_dev_addr),
persistent ? " [PERSISTENT]" : "");
P2P: Add support for cross connection If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device interface.
2010-07-10 19:19:34 +02:00
wpas_p2p_cross_connect_setup(wpa_s);
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
wpas_p2p_set_group_idle_timeout(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
if (persistent)
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
network_id = wpas_p2p_store_persistent_group(wpa_s->parent,
ssid, go_dev_addr);
P2P: Use consistent checking of ssid != NULL
2011-07-15 13:20:31 +02:00
if (network_id < 0 && ssid)
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
network_id = ssid->id;
if (!client)
wpas_notify_p2p_group_started(wpa_s, ssid, network_id, 0);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_send_action_tx_status(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
unsigned int freq,
const u8 *dst, const u8 *src,
const u8 *bssid,
const u8 *data, size_t data_len,
enum offchannel_send_action_result
result)
P2P: Skip extra remain-on-channel if oper channel matches There is no need to separately move to the correct channel for transmitting an Action frame that is using the group interface (i.e., source address is P2P Interface Address). This removes extra latency from P2P Action frame operations within a P2P group.
2010-11-02 18:35:40 +01:00
{
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
enum p2p_send_action_result res = P2P_SEND_ACTION_SUCCESS;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL || wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
switch (result) {
case OFFCHANNEL_SEND_ACTION_SUCCESS:
res = P2P_SEND_ACTION_SUCCESS;
break;
case OFFCHANNEL_SEND_ACTION_NO_ACK:
res = P2P_SEND_ACTION_NO_ACK;
break;
case OFFCHANNEL_SEND_ACTION_FAILED:
res = P2P_SEND_ACTION_FAILED;
break;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
p2p_send_action_cb(wpa_s->global->p2p, freq, dst, src, bssid, res);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Wait for PD-before-join response Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual connection. If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any reason. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 19:52:24 +01:00
if (result != OFFCHANNEL_SEND_ACTION_SUCCESS &&
wpa_s->pending_pd_before_join &&
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
(os_memcmp(dst, wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr, ETH_ALEN) == 0 ||
os_memcmp(dst, wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr, ETH_ALEN) == 0)) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->pending_pd_before_join = 0;
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_fallback_to_go_neg) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: No ACK for PD Req "
"during p2p_connect-auto");
wpas_p2p_fallback_to_go_neg(wpa_s, 0);
return;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Starting pending "
P2P: Wait for PD-before-join response Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual connection. If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any reason. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 19:52:24 +01:00
"join-existing-group operation (no ACK for PD "
"Req)");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_p2p_join_start(wpa_s);
}
}
static int wpas_send_action(void *ctx, unsigned int freq, const u8 *dst,
const u8 *src, const u8 *bssid, const u8 *buf,
size_t len, unsigned int wait_time)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
return offchannel_send_action(wpa_s, freq, dst, src, bssid, buf, len,
wait_time,
Add no_cck parameter for send_action() driver_ops This can be used to apply the no-CCK rule conditionally depending on which frame is being sent. The no-CCK rule applies only for P2P management frames while SA Query and FT use cases do not have similar restrictions. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 20:49:46 +02:00
wpas_p2p_send_action_tx_status, 1);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static void wpas_send_action_done(void *ctx)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
offchannel_send_action_done(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static int wpas_copy_go_neg_results(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct p2p_go_neg_results *params)
{
if (wpa_s->go_params == NULL) {
wpa_s->go_params = os_malloc(sizeof(*params));
if (wpa_s->go_params == NULL)
return -1;
}
os_memcpy(wpa_s->go_params, params, sizeof(*params));
return 0;
}
static void wpas_start_wps_enrollee(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct p2p_go_neg_results *res)
{
P2P: Limit p2p_connect .. pbc join based on BSSID Allow only the expected P2P Interface Address as the BSSID for the AP to avoid selecting incorrect BSS should there be another device that is advertising active PBC mode before the target P2P GO does.
2010-10-12 15:56:17 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Start WPS Enrollee for peer " MACSTR,
MAC2STR(res->peer_interface_addr));
P2P: Use SSID from GO Negotiation to limit WPS provisioning step In order to avoid picking incorrect SSID from old scan results, use SSID from GO Negotiation to select the AP.
2010-08-05 18:15:11 +02:00
wpa_hexdump_ascii(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Start WPS Enrollee for SSID",
res->ssid, res->ssid_len);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_ap_deinit(wpa_s);
wpas_copy_go_neg_results(wpa_s, res);
if (res->wps_method == WPS_PBC)
P2P: Limit p2p_connect .. pbc join based on BSSID Allow only the expected P2P Interface Address as the BSSID for the AP to avoid selecting incorrect BSS should there be another device that is advertising active PBC mode before the target P2P GO does.
2010-10-12 15:56:17 +02:00
wpas_wps_start_pbc(wpa_s, res->peer_interface_addr, 1);
P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar), Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-06-27 07:49:41 +02:00
else {
u16 dev_pw_id = DEV_PW_DEFAULT;
if (wpa_s->p2p_wps_method == WPS_PIN_KEYPAD)
dev_pw_id = DEV_PW_REGISTRAR_SPECIFIED;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_wps_start_pin(wpa_s, res->peer_interface_addr,
P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar), Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-06-27 07:49:41 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_pin, 1, dev_pw_id);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static void p2p_go_configured(void *ctx, void *data)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
struct p2p_go_neg_results *params = data;
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
int network_id = -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
if (ssid && ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Group setup without provisioning");
P2P: Make sure wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation gets cleared This pointer is now used in number of places to check whether an interface is in P2P Group Formation, so we better make sure it gets cleared when group formation has been completed. This was done in only some of the cases.
2010-11-18 11:41:27 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation == wpa_s)
wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation = NULL;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED
P2P: Add frequency into group started ctrl_interface events
2010-09-06 15:57:19 +02:00
"%s GO ssid=\"%s\" freq=%d passphrase=\"%s\" "
"go_dev_addr=" MACSTR "%s",
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->ifname,
wpa_ssid_txt(ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len),
P2P: Add frequency into group started ctrl_interface events
2010-09-06 15:57:19 +02:00
ssid->frequency,
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
params->passphrase ? params->passphrase : "",
P2P: Use global->p2p_dev_addr instead of parent->own_addr Start using global->p2p_dev_addr more consistently as the P2P Device Address. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-25 22:58:03 +01:00
MAC2STR(wpa_s->global->p2p_dev_addr),
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
params->persistent_group ? " [PERSISTENT]" : "");
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (params->persistent_group)
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
network_id = wpas_p2p_store_persistent_group(
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->parent, ssid,
P2P: Use global->p2p_dev_addr instead of parent->own_addr Start using global->p2p_dev_addr more consistently as the P2P Device Address. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-25 22:58:03 +01:00
wpa_s->global->p2p_dev_addr);
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
if (network_id < 0)
network_id = ssid->id;
wpas_notify_p2p_group_started(wpa_s, ssid, network_id, 0);
P2P: Add support for cross connection If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device interface.
2010-07-10 19:19:34 +02:00
wpas_p2p_cross_connect_setup(wpa_s);
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
wpas_p2p_set_group_idle_timeout(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return;
}
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Setting up WPS for GO provisioning");
if (wpa_supplicant_ap_mac_addr_filter(wpa_s,
params->peer_interface_addr)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Failed to setup MAC address "
"filtering");
return;
}
if (params->wps_method == WPS_PBC)
P2P: Allow WPS_PBC command on GO to select on P2P Device Address An optional parameter, p2p_dev_addr, can now be given to WPS_PBC command on P2P GO to indicate that only the P2P device with the specified P2P Device Address is allowed to connect using PBC. If any other device tries to use PBC, a session overlap is indicated and the negotiation is rejected with M2D. The command format for specifying the address is "WPS_PBC p2p_dev_addr=<address>", e.g., WPS_PBC p2p_dev_addr=02:03:04:05:06:07 In addition, show the PBC session overlap indication as a WPS failure event on an AP/GO interface. This particular new case shows up as "WPS-FAIL msg=4 config_error=12".
2011-02-07 17:28:36 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_ap_wps_pbc(wpa_s, params->peer_interface_addr,
Skip WPS PBC overlap detection if P2P address is the same WPS overlap detection can detect false overlap if a P2P peer changes UUID while authentication is ongoing. Changing UUID is of course wrong but this is what some popular devices do so we need to work around it in order to keep compatibility with these devices. There already is a mechanism in WPS registrar to skip overlap detection if P2P addresses of two sessions match but it wasn't really triggered because the address wasn't filled in in the caller function. Let's fill in this address and also clean up WPS PBC sessions on WSC process completion if UUID was changed. Signed-hostap: Vitaly Wool<vitalywool@gmail.com>
2011-12-11 11:03:18 +01:00
params->peer_device_addr);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
else if (wpa_s->p2p_pin[0])
wpa_supplicant_ap_wps_pin(wpa_s, params->peer_interface_addr,
wpa_s->p2p_pin, NULL, 0);
os_free(wpa_s->go_params);
wpa_s->go_params = NULL;
}
static void wpas_start_wps_go(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct p2p_go_neg_results *params,
int group_formation)
{
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Starting GO");
if (wpas_copy_go_neg_results(wpa_s, params) < 0) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Could not copy GO Negotiation "
"results");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return;
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
ssid = wpa_config_add_network(wpa_s->conf);
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
if (ssid == NULL) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Could not add network for GO");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return;
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Clear show_group_started on GO start The show_group_started variable could be left to 1 based on an earlier failed attempt to start P2P client operation. This can result in unexpected P2P-GROUP-STARTED event when a GO is started without group formation (e.g., re-invoke a persistent group or start an autonomous GO). Avoid this by explicitly clearing show_group_start when setting up the GO. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-01 09:46:06 +01:00
wpa_s->show_group_started = 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_config_set_network_defaults(ssid);
ssid->temporary = 1;
ssid->p2p_group = 1;
ssid->p2p_persistent_group = params->persistent_group;
ssid->mode = group_formation ? WPAS_MODE_P2P_GROUP_FORMATION :
WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO;
ssid->frequency = params->freq;
P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:53:01 +02:00
ssid->ht40 = params->ht40;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
ssid->ssid = os_zalloc(params->ssid_len + 1);
if (ssid->ssid) {
os_memcpy(ssid->ssid, params->ssid, params->ssid_len);
ssid->ssid_len = params->ssid_len;
}
ssid->auth_alg = WPA_AUTH_ALG_OPEN;
ssid->key_mgmt = WPA_KEY_MGMT_PSK;
ssid->proto = WPA_PROTO_RSN;
ssid->pairwise_cipher = WPA_CIPHER_CCMP;
ssid->passphrase = os_strdup(params->passphrase);
P2P: Fix PSK configuration for GO network Setting just ssid->passphrase is not enough to complete the network block for the GO entry. Also the PSK needs to be derived so that the network is considered enabled by wpas_network_disabled(). The previous version worked as long as something else allowed the scan request to be performed (this is needed even though the actual scan is skipped when starting GO). The first GO start was allowed because wpa_s->scan_req is initialized to 1 in wpa_supplicant_alloc(). However, other attempts may fail if wpa_s->scan_req is cleared. This failure shows up as "No enabled networkas - do not scan" in debug log followed by state change to INACTIVE when trying to start GO. Fix this by deriving PSK from the passphrase for GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-23 23:56:57 +02:00
if (ssid->passphrase == NULL) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to copy passphrase for "
"GO");
wpa_config_remove_network(wpa_s->conf, ssid->id);
return;
}
wpa_config_update_psk(ssid);
Add p2p_go_max_inactivity config option This enables setting a different max inactivity timeout for P2P GO. This timeout is used to detect inactive clients. In some scenarios it may be useful to have control over this and set a shorter timeout than the default 300s. For example when running STA and P2P GO interfaces concurrently, the STA interface may perform scans which may cause the GO to miss a disassoc / deauth frames from a client and keep assuming that the client is connected until the inactivity detection kicks in. 300 secs is a bit too long for such scenarios and creates a bad user experience. Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
2012-08-10 15:28:38 +02:00
ssid->ap_max_inactivity = wpa_s->parent->conf->p2p_go_max_inactivity;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->ap_configured_cb = p2p_go_configured;
wpa_s->ap_configured_cb_ctx = wpa_s;
wpa_s->ap_configured_cb_data = wpa_s->go_params;
P2P: Start GO without extra scan step There are some corner cases, where the wpa_supplicant_req_scan() call may end up scheduling a scan even if we are about to start a GO. Avoid this by explicitly marking the GO network to be selected for the next connection.
2011-06-21 10:47:03 +02:00
wpa_s->connect_without_scan = ssid;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->reassociate = 1;
wpa_s->disconnected = 0;
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Request scan (that will be skipped) to "
"start GO)");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(wpa_s, 0, 0);
}
static void wpas_p2p_clone_config(struct wpa_supplicant *dst,
const struct wpa_supplicant *src)
{
struct wpa_config *d;
const struct wpa_config *s;
d = dst->conf;
s = src->conf;
#define C(n) if (s->n) d->n = os_strdup(s->n)
C(device_name);
C(manufacturer);
C(model_name);
C(model_number);
C(serial_number);
C(config_methods);
#undef C
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
WPS: Store (secondary) device type as binary Instead of converting back and forth from the string representation, always use the binary representation internally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 17:50:22 +01:00
os_memcpy(d->device_type, s->device_type, WPS_DEV_TYPE_LEN);
os_memcpy(d->sec_device_type, s->sec_device_type,
sizeof(d->sec_device_type));
d->num_sec_device_types = s->num_sec_device_types;
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
d->p2p_group_idle = s->p2p_group_idle;
P2P: Copy p2p_intra_bss setting to the group interface This is needed to allow p2p_intra_bss take effect when using separate group interfaces.
2010-11-04 15:53:09 +01:00
d->p2p_intra_bss = s->p2p_intra_bss;
P2P: Advertise Persistent Reconnect group capability The persistent_reconnect configuration parameter was used to decide whether to accept invitation to re-establish a persistent group. However, this was not being advertised in the Group Capability bitmap. Add the Persistent Reconnect bit based on this configuration to GO Negotiation frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames from the GO.
2011-10-24 16:29:37 +02:00
d->persistent_reconnect = s->persistent_reconnect;
P2P: Clone max_sta_num parameter for group interfaces This is needed to allow the max_sta_num parameter set in the main configuration file to apply to dynamically created P2P group interfaces. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-03 15:41:15 +02:00
d->max_num_sta = s->max_num_sta;
Allow pbc_in_m1 workaround to be enabled in wpa_supplicant AP mode This workaround for Windows 7 WPS probing mechanism was previously allowed only with hostapd, but the same interoperability issue can happen with wpa_supplicant AP/GO mode. Allow the workaround to be enabled in wpa_supplicant configuration for these uses. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-03 15:51:04 +02:00
d->pbc_in_m1 = s->pbc_in_m1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static int wpas_p2p_add_group_interface(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
enum wpa_driver_if_type type)
{
char ifname[120], force_ifname[120];
if (wpa_s->pending_interface_name[0]) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Pending virtual interface exists "
"- skip creation of a new one");
if (is_zero_ether_addr(wpa_s->pending_interface_addr)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Pending virtual address "
"unknown?! ifname='%s'",
wpa_s->pending_interface_name);
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
P2P: Rename the group interface name to use p2p- prefix This may make it less likely for udev to rename the interface that would previously have been called wlan0-p2p-# (now: p2p-wlan0-#). In addition, add some workaround code to handle the case where the main interface name is close to the IFNAMSIZ length limit to avoid going over that for the P2P group interface.
2010-11-26 14:50:22 +01:00
os_snprintf(ifname, sizeof(ifname), "p2p-%s-%d", wpa_s->ifname,
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_group_idx);
P2P: Rename the group interface name to use p2p- prefix This may make it less likely for udev to rename the interface that would previously have been called wlan0-p2p-# (now: p2p-wlan0-#). In addition, add some workaround code to handle the case where the main interface name is close to the IFNAMSIZ length limit to avoid going over that for the P2P group interface.
2010-11-26 14:50:22 +01:00
if (os_strlen(ifname) >= IFNAMSIZ &&
os_strlen(wpa_s->ifname) < IFNAMSIZ) {
/* Try to avoid going over the IFNAMSIZ length limit */
os_snprintf(ifname, sizeof(ifname), "p2p-%d",
wpa_s->p2p_group_idx);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
force_ifname[0] = '\0';
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Create a new interface %s for the group",
ifname);
wpa_s->p2p_group_idx++;
wpa_s->pending_interface_type = type;
if (wpa_drv_if_add(wpa_s, type, ifname, NULL, NULL, force_ifname,
nl80211: Extend bridge add/del operations for secondary BSSes Previously, only the main interface was added to a bridge. Extend this to apply to all configured BSSes.
2011-03-15 12:02:49 +01:00
wpa_s->pending_interface_addr, NULL) < 0) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to create new group "
"interface");
return -1;
}
if (force_ifname[0]) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Driver forced interface name %s",
force_ifname);
os_strlcpy(wpa_s->pending_interface_name, force_ifname,
sizeof(wpa_s->pending_interface_name));
} else
os_strlcpy(wpa_s->pending_interface_name, ifname,
sizeof(wpa_s->pending_interface_name));
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Created pending virtual interface %s addr "
MACSTR, wpa_s->pending_interface_name,
MAC2STR(wpa_s->pending_interface_addr));
return 0;
}
static void wpas_p2p_remove_pending_group_interface(
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (!wpa_s->pending_interface_name[0] ||
is_zero_ether_addr(wpa_s->pending_interface_addr))
return; /* No pending virtual interface */
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Removing pending group interface %s",
wpa_s->pending_interface_name);
wpa_drv_if_remove(wpa_s, wpa_s->pending_interface_type,
wpa_s->pending_interface_name);
os_memset(wpa_s->pending_interface_addr, 0, ETH_ALEN);
wpa_s->pending_interface_name[0] = '\0';
}
static struct wpa_supplicant *
wpas_p2p_init_group_interface(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, int go)
{
struct wpa_interface iface;
struct wpa_supplicant *group_wpa_s;
if (!wpa_s->pending_interface_name[0]) {
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: No pending group interface");
P2P: Try to re-create group interface if pending one is not available This is needed to work around cases where the pending interface gets removed, e.g., due to failed GO Negotiation. In such case, we may still accept new GO Negotiation to be completed, but the interface did not get created without a separate p2p_connect command. The current implementation is not ideal since the re-created interface may, at least in theory, get incorrect interface addrees. Though, this would likely require that the driver supported more than one P2P group interface and that the previous one was already taken into use for another group.
2010-10-18 16:00:50 +02:00
if (!wpas_p2p_create_iface(wpa_s))
return NULL;
/*
* Something has forced us to remove the pending interface; try
* to create a new one and hope for the best that we will get
* the same local address.
*/
if (wpas_p2p_add_group_interface(wpa_s, go ? WPA_IF_P2P_GO :
WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT) < 0)
return NULL;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
os_memset(&iface, 0, sizeof(iface));
iface.ifname = wpa_s->pending_interface_name;
iface.driver = wpa_s->driver->name;
iface.ctrl_interface = wpa_s->conf->ctrl_interface;
iface.driver_param = wpa_s->conf->driver_param;
group_wpa_s = wpa_supplicant_add_iface(wpa_s->global, &iface);
if (group_wpa_s == NULL) {
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to create new "
"wpa_supplicant interface");
return NULL;
}
wpa_s->pending_interface_name[0] = '\0';
group_wpa_s->parent = wpa_s;
group_wpa_s->p2p_group_interface = go ? P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE_GO :
P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE_CLIENT;
wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation = group_wpa_s;
wpas_p2p_clone_config(group_wpa_s, wpa_s);
return group_wpa_s;
}
static void wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout(void *eloop_ctx,
void *timeout_ctx)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = eloop_ctx;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Group Formation timed out");
if (wpa_s->global->p2p)
p2p_group_formation_failed(wpa_s->global->p2p);
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
else if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
wpa_drv_p2p_group_formation_failed(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_group_formation_completed(wpa_s, 0);
}
void wpas_go_neg_completed(void *ctx, struct p2p_go_neg_results *res)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
P2P: Cancel pending remain-on-channel request when stopping Listen If we have already asked the driver to start a new remain-on-channel, we need to cancel it even if the actual remain-on-channel has not yet started at the point when a new operation or timeout etc. triggers Listen state to be stopped.
2010-11-05 17:39:15 +01:00
if (wpa_s->off_channel_freq || wpa_s->roc_waiting_drv_freq) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_drv_cancel_remain_on_channel(wpa_s);
wpa_s->off_channel_freq = 0;
P2P: Do not schedule new remain-on-channel if waiting for drv event The driver event for remain-on-channel may be delayed in a way that allows management-frame-received event to be received before wpa_supplicant knows that the driver is actually already on the previously requested channel. We should not request a new remain-on-channel to send a response to just a frame if we are waiting for the driver to get to the same channel. Instead, just continue waiting for the driver event.
2010-06-24 06:51:38 +02:00
wpa_s->roc_waiting_drv_freq = 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
if (res->status) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_GO_NEG_FAILURE "status=%d",
res->status);
P2P: Make GO negotiation peer and group information available over D-Bus The GO negotiation response is very cryptic at the moment. For a success message we only know on which interface the negotiation succeeded, not which peer. For a failure we know the interface also and a status code (number). It will be very useful for clients to know upon receipt of such a message which peer the negotiation occurred with. Now that the peer information is available and the API is changed already, the function composing the D-Bus message might as well include all GO negotiation information. This is done with a dict to make things easier on clients if this result information changes down the line. Signed-hostap: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-18 15:52:33 +01:00
wpas_notify_p2p_go_neg_completed(wpa_s, res);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_p2p_remove_pending_group_interface(wpa_s);
return;
}
P2P: Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_connect This can be used to start negotiated GO in 40 MHz channel width in 5GHz band. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 22:07:44 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_go_ht40)
res->ht40 = 1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_GO_NEG_SUCCESS);
P2P: Make GO negotiation peer and group information available over D-Bus The GO negotiation response is very cryptic at the moment. For a success message we only know on which interface the negotiation succeeded, not which peer. For a failure we know the interface also and a status code (number). It will be very useful for clients to know upon receipt of such a message which peer the negotiation occurred with. Now that the peer information is available and the API is changed already, the function composing the D-Bus message might as well include all GO negotiation information. This is done with a dict to make things easier on clients if this result information changes down the line. Signed-hostap: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-18 15:52:33 +01:00
wpas_notify_p2p_go_neg_completed(wpa_s, res);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
if (res->role_go && wpa_s->p2p_persistent_id >= 0) {
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
ssid = wpa_config_get_network(wpa_s->conf,
wpa_s->p2p_persistent_id);
if (ssid && ssid->disabled == 2 &&
ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO && ssid->passphrase) {
size_t len = os_strlen(ssid->passphrase);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Override passphrase based "
"on requested persistent group");
os_memcpy(res->passphrase, ssid->passphrase, len);
res->passphrase[len] = '\0';
}
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->create_p2p_iface) {
struct wpa_supplicant *group_wpa_s =
wpas_p2p_init_group_interface(wpa_s, res->role_go);
if (group_wpa_s == NULL) {
wpas_p2p_remove_pending_group_interface(wpa_s);
return;
}
P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar), Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-06-27 07:49:41 +02:00
if (group_wpa_s != wpa_s) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_memcpy(group_wpa_s->p2p_pin, wpa_s->p2p_pin,
sizeof(group_wpa_s->p2p_pin));
P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar), Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-06-27 07:49:41 +02:00
group_wpa_s->p2p_wps_method = wpa_s->p2p_wps_method;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_memset(wpa_s->pending_interface_addr, 0, ETH_ALEN);
wpa_s->pending_interface_name[0] = '\0';
group_wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning = 1;
if (res->role_go)
wpas_start_wps_go(group_wpa_s, res, 1);
else
wpas_start_wps_enrollee(group_wpa_s, res);
} else {
wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning = 1;
wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation = wpa_s;
if (res->role_go)
wpas_start_wps_go(wpa_s, res, 1);
else
wpas_start_wps_enrollee(ctx, res);
}
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen = 0;
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_long_listen_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add peer timeout into group formation 15 second timeout This adds some more time for WPS provisioning step in case the peer takes long time to start group interface operations.
2010-09-06 20:04:01 +02:00
eloop_register_timeout(15 + res->peer_config_timeout / 100,
(res->peer_config_timeout % 100) * 10000,
wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Add Device Password ID to GO Neg Request RX event This event indicates the Device Password ID that the peer tried to use in GO Negotiation. For example: P2P-GO-NEG-REQUEST 02:40:61:c2:f3:b7 dev_passwd_id=4
2010-07-27 00:31:19 +02:00
void wpas_go_neg_req_rx(void *ctx, const u8 *src, u16 dev_passwd_id)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
P2P: Add Device Password ID to GO Neg Request RX event This event indicates the Device Password ID that the peer tried to use in GO Negotiation. For example: P2P-GO-NEG-REQUEST 02:40:61:c2:f3:b7 dev_passwd_id=4
2010-07-27 00:31:19 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_GO_NEG_REQUEST MACSTR
" dev_passwd_id=%u", MAC2STR(src), dev_passwd_id);
P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_go_neg_req Add a notification for received GO negotiation requests. Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:30:19 +01:00
wpas_notify_p2p_go_neg_req(wpa_s, src, dev_passwd_id);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Embed publically visible struct in peer info This embeds some information about each P2P peer that will be publically visible in a struct that is shared. The dev_found notification function is also passed the new struct, which requires some work for the driver-based P2P management. Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 20:51:17 +01:00
void wpas_dev_found(void *ctx, const u8 *addr,
P2P: Add new_device flag to dev_found callback The DBus code will want to have perfect matching of dev_found and the dev_lost it adds so it doesn't need to keep track internally. Enable that with a new flag in the core that tracks whether we have already notified about this -- the existing users can ignore it. The part where this is always set to 1 if the new device is discovered by a driver that has P2P in the driver is buggy -- the driver should feed the P2P peer database and then that should feed the notification here instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 20:59:58 +01:00
const struct p2p_peer_info *info,
int new_device)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
Fix compiler warning with CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:19:24 +01:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
char devtype[WPS_DEV_TYPE_BUFSIZE];
P2P: Embed publically visible struct in peer info This embeds some information about each P2P peer that will be publically visible in a struct that is shared. The dev_found notification function is also passed the new struct, which requires some work for the driver-based P2P management. Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 20:51:17 +01:00
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_DEVICE_FOUND MACSTR
" p2p_dev_addr=" MACSTR
" pri_dev_type=%s name='%s' config_methods=0x%x "
"dev_capab=0x%x group_capab=0x%x",
P2P: Embed publically visible struct in peer info This embeds some information about each P2P peer that will be publically visible in a struct that is shared. The dev_found notification function is also passed the new struct, which requires some work for the driver-based P2P management. Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 20:51:17 +01:00
MAC2STR(addr), MAC2STR(info->p2p_device_addr),
wps_dev_type_bin2str(info->pri_dev_type, devtype,
sizeof(devtype)),
info->device_name, info->config_methods,
info->dev_capab, info->group_capab);
Fix compiler warning with CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:19:24 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG */
P2P: Add notification for P2P device found Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:08:18 +01:00
wpas_notify_p2p_device_found(ctx, info->p2p_device_addr, new_device);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Add method to signal lost device This signal is used to notify users of the P2P state machine or wpa_supplicant of lost devices. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:22:16 +01:00
static void wpas_dev_lost(void *ctx, const u8 *dev_addr)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
P2P: Notify device expiry via P2P-DEVICE-LOST event This patch will notify applications listening over control socket about the device expiry [from p2p peer list].
2011-10-28 21:13:18 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_DEVICE_LOST
"p2p_dev_addr=" MACSTR, MAC2STR(dev_addr));
P2P: Add method to signal lost device This signal is used to notify users of the P2P state machine or wpa_supplicant of lost devices. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:22:16 +01:00
wpas_notify_p2p_device_lost(wpa_s, dev_addr);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
static int wpas_start_listen(void *ctx, unsigned int freq,
unsigned int duration,
const struct wpabuf *probe_resp_ie)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
WPS 2.0: Provide (Re)Association Response WPS IE to driver WPS 2.0 mandates the AP to include WPS IE in (Re)Association Response if the matching (Re)Association Request included WPS IE. Provide the needed WPS IE information to the driver_ops API for drivers that process association frames internally. Note: This modifies the driver_ops API by adding a new argument to set_ap_wps_ie().
2010-09-22 19:46:44 +02:00
wpa_drv_set_ap_wps_ie(wpa_s, NULL, probe_resp_ie, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_drv_probe_req_report(wpa_s, 1) < 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Failed to request the driver to "
"report received Probe Request frames");
return -1;
}
wpa_s->pending_listen_freq = freq;
wpa_s->pending_listen_duration = duration;
if (wpa_drv_remain_on_channel(wpa_s, freq, duration) < 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Failed to request the driver "
"to remain on channel (%u MHz) for Listen "
"state", freq);
wpa_s->pending_listen_freq = 0;
return -1;
}
P2P: Clear off_channel_freq when requesting new remain-on-channel The driver may end up leaving the current channel when we request a new remain-on-channel and as such, it is better not assume we can start new operations like sending an Action frame on the previous off-channel.
2010-11-05 17:39:42 +01:00
wpa_s->off_channel_freq = 0;
P2P: Do not schedule new remain-on-channel if waiting for drv event The driver event for remain-on-channel may be delayed in a way that allows management-frame-received event to be received before wpa_supplicant knows that the driver is actually already on the previously requested channel. We should not request a new remain-on-channel to send a response to just a frame if we are waiting for the driver to get to the same channel. Instead, just continue waiting for the driver event.
2010-06-24 06:51:38 +02:00
wpa_s->roc_waiting_drv_freq = freq;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return 0;
}
static void wpas_stop_listen(void *ctx)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
P2P: Fix remain-on-channel abort race When the P2P state machine requests a remain- on-channel, there's a potential race where it can then request a stop before the r-o-c has actually started, in which case the stop will not be processed. Fix that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 16:52:13 +02:00
if (wpa_s->off_channel_freq || wpa_s->roc_waiting_drv_freq) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_drv_cancel_remain_on_channel(wpa_s);
wpa_s->off_channel_freq = 0;
P2P: Do not schedule new remain-on-channel if waiting for drv event The driver event for remain-on-channel may be delayed in a way that allows management-frame-received event to be received before wpa_supplicant knows that the driver is actually already on the previously requested channel. We should not request a new remain-on-channel to send a response to just a frame if we are waiting for the driver to get to the same channel. Instead, just continue waiting for the driver event.
2010-06-24 06:51:38 +02:00
wpa_s->roc_waiting_drv_freq = 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Clear driver Probe Response IE on stop_listen Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-01 17:30:33 +01:00
wpa_drv_set_ap_wps_ie(wpa_s, NULL, NULL, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_drv_probe_req_report(wpa_s, 0);
}
static int wpas_send_probe_resp(void *ctx, const struct wpabuf *buf)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
P2P: Send Listen state Probe Response frames without retries Use the no-ACK send_mlme request to transmit Probe Response frames in P2P Listen state. This reduces number of unnecessary transmissions if the peer device has already moved away from the channel. It will most likely go through Search state multiple times anyway, so even if the response were to be lost, a new retry will happen at higher layer. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-19 18:15:10 +01:00
return wpa_drv_send_mlme(wpa_s, wpabuf_head(buf), wpabuf_len(buf), 1);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static struct p2p_srv_bonjour *
wpas_p2p_service_get_bonjour(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const struct wpabuf *query)
{
struct p2p_srv_bonjour *bsrv;
size_t len;
len = wpabuf_len(query);
dl_list_for_each(bsrv, &wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_bonjour,
struct p2p_srv_bonjour, list) {
if (len == wpabuf_len(bsrv->query) &&
os_memcmp(wpabuf_head(query), wpabuf_head(bsrv->query),
len) == 0)
return bsrv;
}
return NULL;
}
static struct p2p_srv_upnp *
wpas_p2p_service_get_upnp(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, u8 version,
const char *service)
{
struct p2p_srv_upnp *usrv;
dl_list_for_each(usrv, &wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_upnp,
struct p2p_srv_upnp, list) {
if (version == usrv->version &&
os_strcmp(service, usrv->service) == 0)
return usrv;
}
return NULL;
}
static void wpas_sd_add_proto_not_avail(struct wpabuf *resp, u8 srv_proto,
u8 srv_trans_id)
{
u8 *len_pos;
if (wpabuf_tailroom(resp) < 5)
return;
/* Length (to be filled) */
len_pos = wpabuf_put(resp, 2);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, srv_proto);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, srv_trans_id);
/* Status Code */
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SD_PROTO_NOT_AVAILABLE);
/* Response Data: empty */
WPA_PUT_LE16(len_pos, (u8 *) wpabuf_put(resp, 0) - len_pos - 2);
}
static void wpas_sd_all_bonjour(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpabuf *resp, u8 srv_trans_id)
{
struct p2p_srv_bonjour *bsrv;
u8 *len_pos;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: SD Request for all Bonjour services");
if (dl_list_empty(&wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_bonjour)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Bonjour protocol not available");
return;
}
dl_list_for_each(bsrv, &wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_bonjour,
struct p2p_srv_bonjour, list) {
if (wpabuf_tailroom(resp) <
5 + wpabuf_len(bsrv->query) + wpabuf_len(bsrv->resp))
return;
/* Length (to be filled) */
len_pos = wpabuf_put(resp, 2);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SERV_BONJOUR);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, srv_trans_id);
/* Status Code */
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SD_SUCCESS);
wpa_hexdump_ascii(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Matching Bonjour service",
wpabuf_head(bsrv->resp),
wpabuf_len(bsrv->resp));
/* Response Data */
wpabuf_put_buf(resp, bsrv->query); /* Key */
wpabuf_put_buf(resp, bsrv->resp); /* Value */
WPA_PUT_LE16(len_pos, (u8 *) wpabuf_put(resp, 0) - len_pos -
2);
}
}
static void wpas_sd_req_bonjour(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpabuf *resp, u8 srv_trans_id,
const u8 *query, size_t query_len)
{
struct p2p_srv_bonjour *bsrv;
struct wpabuf buf;
u8 *len_pos;
wpa_hexdump_ascii(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: SD Request for Bonjour",
query, query_len);
if (dl_list_empty(&wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_bonjour)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Bonjour protocol not available");
wpas_sd_add_proto_not_avail(resp, P2P_SERV_BONJOUR,
srv_trans_id);
return;
}
if (query_len == 0) {
wpas_sd_all_bonjour(wpa_s, resp, srv_trans_id);
return;
}
if (wpabuf_tailroom(resp) < 5)
return;
/* Length (to be filled) */
len_pos = wpabuf_put(resp, 2);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SERV_BONJOUR);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, srv_trans_id);
wpabuf_set(&buf, query, query_len);
bsrv = wpas_p2p_service_get_bonjour(wpa_s, &buf);
if (bsrv == NULL) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Requested Bonjour service not "
"available");
/* Status Code */
P2P: Rename SD info not available define to match with spec change
2010-06-27 20:46:44 +02:00
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SD_REQUESTED_INFO_NOT_AVAILABLE);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
/* Response Data: empty */
WPA_PUT_LE16(len_pos, (u8 *) wpabuf_put(resp, 0) - len_pos -
2);
return;
}
/* Status Code */
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SD_SUCCESS);
wpa_hexdump_ascii(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Matching Bonjour service",
wpabuf_head(bsrv->resp), wpabuf_len(bsrv->resp));
if (wpabuf_tailroom(resp) >=
wpabuf_len(bsrv->query) + wpabuf_len(bsrv->resp)) {
/* Response Data */
wpabuf_put_buf(resp, bsrv->query); /* Key */
wpabuf_put_buf(resp, bsrv->resp); /* Value */
}
WPA_PUT_LE16(len_pos, (u8 *) wpabuf_put(resp, 0) - len_pos - 2);
}
static void wpas_sd_all_upnp(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpabuf *resp, u8 srv_trans_id)
{
struct p2p_srv_upnp *usrv;
u8 *len_pos;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: SD Request for all UPnP services");
if (dl_list_empty(&wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_upnp)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: UPnP protocol not available");
return;
}
dl_list_for_each(usrv, &wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_upnp,
struct p2p_srv_upnp, list) {
if (wpabuf_tailroom(resp) < 5 + 1 + os_strlen(usrv->service))
return;
/* Length (to be filled) */
len_pos = wpabuf_put(resp, 2);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SERV_UPNP);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, srv_trans_id);
/* Status Code */
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SD_SUCCESS);
/* Response Data */
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, usrv->version);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Matching UPnP Service: %s",
usrv->service);
wpabuf_put_str(resp, usrv->service);
WPA_PUT_LE16(len_pos, (u8 *) wpabuf_put(resp, 0) - len_pos -
2);
}
}
static void wpas_sd_req_upnp(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpabuf *resp, u8 srv_trans_id,
const u8 *query, size_t query_len)
{
struct p2p_srv_upnp *usrv;
u8 *len_pos;
u8 version;
char *str;
int count = 0;
wpa_hexdump_ascii(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: SD Request for UPnP",
query, query_len);
if (dl_list_empty(&wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_upnp)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: UPnP protocol not available");
wpas_sd_add_proto_not_avail(resp, P2P_SERV_UPNP,
srv_trans_id);
return;
}
if (query_len == 0) {
wpas_sd_all_upnp(wpa_s, resp, srv_trans_id);
return;
}
if (wpabuf_tailroom(resp) < 5)
return;
/* Length (to be filled) */
len_pos = wpabuf_put(resp, 2);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SERV_UPNP);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, srv_trans_id);
P2P: Reorder code to avoid memory leak on error path
2010-10-31 11:24:21 +01:00
version = query[0];
str = os_malloc(query_len);
if (str == NULL)
return;
os_memcpy(str, query + 1, query_len - 1);
str[query_len - 1] = '\0';
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
dl_list_for_each(usrv, &wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_upnp,
struct p2p_srv_upnp, list) {
if (version != usrv->version)
continue;
if (os_strcmp(str, "ssdp:all") != 0 &&
os_strstr(usrv->service, str) == NULL)
continue;
if (wpabuf_tailroom(resp) < 2)
break;
if (count == 0) {
/* Status Code */
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SD_SUCCESS);
/* Response Data */
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, version);
} else
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, ',');
count++;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Matching UPnP Service: %s",
usrv->service);
if (wpabuf_tailroom(resp) < os_strlen(usrv->service))
break;
wpabuf_put_str(resp, usrv->service);
}
P2P: Fix memory leak in UPnP service discovery request processing
2011-04-14 00:33:26 +02:00
os_free(str);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (count == 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Requested UPnP service not "
"available");
/* Status Code */
P2P: Rename SD info not available define to match with spec change
2010-06-27 20:46:44 +02:00
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SD_REQUESTED_INFO_NOT_AVAILABLE);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
/* Response Data: empty */
}
WPA_PUT_LE16(len_pos, (u8 *) wpabuf_put(resp, 0) - len_pos - 2);
}
WFD: Add preliminary WSD request processing and response This commit does not yet address support for different device roles, i.e., the same set of subelements are returned regardless of which role was indicated in the request. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-02 21:31:04 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WIFI_DISPLAY
static void wpas_sd_req_wfd(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpabuf *resp, u8 srv_trans_id,
const u8 *query, size_t query_len)
{
const u8 *pos;
u8 role;
u8 *len_pos;
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: SD Request for WFD", query, query_len);
if (!wpa_s->global->wifi_display) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: WFD protocol not available");
wpas_sd_add_proto_not_avail(resp, P2P_SERV_WIFI_DISPLAY,
srv_trans_id);
return;
}
if (query_len < 1) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Missing WFD Requested Device "
"Role");
return;
}
if (wpabuf_tailroom(resp) < 5)
return;
pos = query;
role = *pos++;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: WSD for device role 0x%x", role);
/* TODO: role specific handling */
/* Length (to be filled) */
len_pos = wpabuf_put(resp, 2);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SERV_WIFI_DISPLAY);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, srv_trans_id);
wpabuf_put_u8(resp, P2P_SD_SUCCESS); /* Status Code */
while (pos < query + query_len) {
if (*pos < MAX_WFD_SUBELEMS &&
wpa_s->global->wfd_subelem[*pos] &&
wpabuf_tailroom(resp) >=
wpabuf_len(wpa_s->global->wfd_subelem[*pos])) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Add WSD response "
"subelement %u", *pos);
wpabuf_put_buf(resp, wpa_s->global->wfd_subelem[*pos]);
}
pos++;
}
WPA_PUT_LE16(len_pos, (u8 *) wpabuf_put(resp, 0) - len_pos - 2);
}
#endif /* CONFIG_WIFI_DISPLAY */
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
void wpas_sd_request(void *ctx, int freq, const u8 *sa, u8 dialog_token,
u16 update_indic, const u8 *tlvs, size_t tlvs_len)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
const u8 *pos = tlvs;
const u8 *end = tlvs + tlvs_len;
const u8 *tlv_end;
u16 slen;
struct wpabuf *resp;
u8 srv_proto, srv_trans_id;
size_t buf_len;
char *buf;
wpa_hexdump(MSG_MSGDUMP, "P2P: Service Discovery Request TLVs",
tlvs, tlvs_len);
buf_len = 2 * tlvs_len + 1;
buf = os_malloc(buf_len);
if (buf) {
wpa_snprintf_hex(buf, buf_len, tlvs, tlvs_len);
wpa_msg_ctrl(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_SERV_DISC_REQ "%d "
MACSTR " %u %u %s",
freq, MAC2STR(sa), dialog_token, update_indic,
buf);
os_free(buf);
}
P2P: Send D-Bus ServiceDiscoveryRequest signal for external SD processing wpas_notify_p2p_sd_request() needs to be called when p2p_sd_over_ctrl_iface is set to provide SD events over D-Bus similarly to the ctrl_iface events.
2011-12-21 23:34:29 +01:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_sd_over_ctrl_iface) {
wpas_notify_p2p_sd_request(wpa_s, freq, sa, dialog_token,
update_indic, tlvs, tlvs_len);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return; /* to be processed by an external program */
P2P: Send D-Bus ServiceDiscoveryRequest signal for external SD processing wpas_notify_p2p_sd_request() needs to be called when p2p_sd_over_ctrl_iface is set to provide SD events over D-Bus similarly to the ctrl_iface events.
2011-12-21 23:34:29 +01:00
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
resp = wpabuf_alloc(10000);
if (resp == NULL)
return;
while (pos + 1 < end) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Service Request TLV");
slen = WPA_GET_LE16(pos);
pos += 2;
if (pos + slen > end || slen < 2) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Unexpected Query Data "
"length");
wpabuf_free(resp);
return;
}
tlv_end = pos + slen;
srv_proto = *pos++;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Service Protocol Type %u",
srv_proto);
srv_trans_id = *pos++;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Service Transaction ID %u",
srv_trans_id);
wpa_hexdump(MSG_MSGDUMP, "P2P: Query Data",
pos, tlv_end - pos);
P2P: Add test mode for SD to force fragmented response
2010-06-29 05:44:01 +02:00
if (wpa_s->force_long_sd) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: SD test - force long "
"response");
wpas_sd_all_bonjour(wpa_s, resp, srv_trans_id);
wpas_sd_all_upnp(wpa_s, resp, srv_trans_id);
goto done;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
switch (srv_proto) {
case P2P_SERV_ALL_SERVICES:
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Service Discovery Request "
"for all services");
if (dl_list_empty(&wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_upnp) &&
dl_list_empty(&wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_bonjour)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: No service "
"discovery protocols available");
wpas_sd_add_proto_not_avail(
resp, P2P_SERV_ALL_SERVICES,
srv_trans_id);
break;
}
wpas_sd_all_bonjour(wpa_s, resp, srv_trans_id);
wpas_sd_all_upnp(wpa_s, resp, srv_trans_id);
break;
case P2P_SERV_BONJOUR:
wpas_sd_req_bonjour(wpa_s, resp, srv_trans_id,
pos, tlv_end - pos);
break;
case P2P_SERV_UPNP:
wpas_sd_req_upnp(wpa_s, resp, srv_trans_id,
pos, tlv_end - pos);
break;
WFD: Add preliminary WSD request processing and response This commit does not yet address support for different device roles, i.e., the same set of subelements are returned regardless of which role was indicated in the request. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-02 21:31:04 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WIFI_DISPLAY
case P2P_SERV_WIFI_DISPLAY:
wpas_sd_req_wfd(wpa_s, resp, srv_trans_id,
pos, tlv_end - pos);
break;
#endif /* CONFIG_WIFI_DISPLAY */
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
default:
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Unavailable service "
"protocol %u", srv_proto);
wpas_sd_add_proto_not_avail(resp, srv_proto,
srv_trans_id);
break;
}
pos = tlv_end;
}
P2P: Add test mode for SD to force fragmented response
2010-06-29 05:44:01 +02:00
done:
P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_sd_request Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:45:39 +01:00
wpas_notify_p2p_sd_request(wpa_s, freq, sa, dialog_token,
update_indic, tlvs, tlvs_len);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_p2p_sd_response(wpa_s, freq, sa, dialog_token, resp);
wpabuf_free(resp);
}
void wpas_sd_response(void *ctx, const u8 *sa, u16 update_indic,
const u8 *tlvs, size_t tlvs_len)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
const u8 *pos = tlvs;
const u8 *end = tlvs + tlvs_len;
const u8 *tlv_end;
u16 slen;
size_t buf_len;
char *buf;
wpa_hexdump(MSG_MSGDUMP, "P2P: Service Discovery Response TLVs",
tlvs, tlvs_len);
P2P: Initial support for SD fragmentation (GAS Comeback Request/Response)
2010-06-28 18:24:17 +02:00
if (tlvs_len > 1500) {
/* TODO: better way for handling this */
wpa_msg_ctrl(wpa_s, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_SERV_DISC_RESP MACSTR
" %u <long response: %u bytes>",
MAC2STR(sa), update_indic,
(unsigned int) tlvs_len);
} else {
buf_len = 2 * tlvs_len + 1;
buf = os_malloc(buf_len);
if (buf) {
wpa_snprintf_hex(buf, buf_len, tlvs, tlvs_len);
wpa_msg_ctrl(wpa_s, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_SERV_DISC_RESP MACSTR " %u %s",
MAC2STR(sa), update_indic, buf);
os_free(buf);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
while (pos < end) {
u8 srv_proto, srv_trans_id, status;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Service Response TLV");
slen = WPA_GET_LE16(pos);
pos += 2;
if (pos + slen > end || slen < 3) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Unexpected Response Data "
"length");
return;
}
tlv_end = pos + slen;
srv_proto = *pos++;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Service Protocol Type %u",
srv_proto);
srv_trans_id = *pos++;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Service Transaction ID %u",
srv_trans_id);
status = *pos++;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Status Code ID %u",
status);
wpa_hexdump(MSG_MSGDUMP, "P2P: Response Data",
pos, tlv_end - pos);
pos = tlv_end;
}
P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_sd_response Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:47:34 +01:00
wpas_notify_p2p_sd_response(wpa_s, sa, update_indic, tlvs, tlvs_len);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Fix 32-bit compiler warnings on service discovery reference Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings. Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *) could be larger than sizeof(u64). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:06:34 +01:00
u64 wpas_p2p_sd_request(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *dst,
const struct wpabuf *tlvs)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
P2P: Fix 32-bit compiler warnings on service discovery reference Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings. Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *) could be larger than sizeof(u64). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:06:34 +01:00
return wpa_drv_p2p_sd_request(wpa_s, dst, tlvs);
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
P2P: Fix 32-bit compiler warnings on service discovery reference Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings. Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *) could be larger than sizeof(u64). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:06:34 +01:00
return 0;
return (uintptr_t) p2p_sd_request(wpa_s->global->p2p, dst, tlvs);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Fix 32-bit compiler warnings on service discovery reference Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings. Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *) could be larger than sizeof(u64). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:06:34 +01:00
u64 wpas_p2p_sd_request_upnp(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *dst,
u8 version, const char *query)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct wpabuf *tlvs;
P2P: Fix 32-bit compiler warnings on service discovery reference Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings. Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *) could be larger than sizeof(u64). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:06:34 +01:00
u64 ret;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
tlvs = wpabuf_alloc(2 + 1 + 1 + 1 + os_strlen(query));
if (tlvs == NULL)
P2P: Fix 32-bit compiler warnings on service discovery reference Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings. Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *) could be larger than sizeof(u64). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:06:34 +01:00
return 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpabuf_put_le16(tlvs, 1 + 1 + 1 + os_strlen(query));
wpabuf_put_u8(tlvs, P2P_SERV_UPNP); /* Service Protocol Type */
wpabuf_put_u8(tlvs, 1); /* Service Transaction ID */
wpabuf_put_u8(tlvs, version);
wpabuf_put_str(tlvs, query);
ret = wpas_p2p_sd_request(wpa_s, dst, tlvs);
wpabuf_free(tlvs);
return ret;
}
WFD: Add support for sending Wi-Fi Display service discovery requests wpa_cli p2p_serv_disc_req command can now be used to request WSD request to be sent to specified or all peers who support WSD. format: wifi-display <list of roles> <list of subelements> examples: p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [source] 2,3,4,5 p2p_serv_disc_req 02:01:02:03:04:05 wifi-display [pri-sink] 3 p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [sec-source] 2 p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [source+sink] 2,3,4,5 p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [source][pri-sink] 2,3,4,5 Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-02 20:48:57 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WIFI_DISPLAY
static u64 wpas_p2p_sd_request_wfd(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *dst,
const struct wpabuf *tlvs)
{
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return 0;
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return 0;
return (uintptr_t) p2p_sd_request_wfd(wpa_s->global->p2p, dst, tlvs);
}
#define MAX_WFD_SD_SUBELEMS 20
static void wfd_add_sd_req_role(struct wpabuf *tlvs, u8 id, u8 role,
const char *subelems)
{
u8 *len;
const char *pos;
int val;
int count = 0;
len = wpabuf_put(tlvs, 2);
wpabuf_put_u8(tlvs, P2P_SERV_WIFI_DISPLAY); /* Service Protocol Type */
wpabuf_put_u8(tlvs, id); /* Service Transaction ID */
wpabuf_put_u8(tlvs, role);
pos = subelems;
while (*pos) {
val = atoi(pos);
if (val >= 0 && val < 256) {
wpabuf_put_u8(tlvs, val);
count++;
if (count == MAX_WFD_SD_SUBELEMS)
break;
}
pos = os_strchr(pos + 1, ',');
if (pos == NULL)
break;
pos++;
}
WPA_PUT_LE16(len, (u8 *) wpabuf_put(tlvs, 0) - len - 2);
}
u64 wpas_p2p_sd_request_wifi_display(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const u8 *dst, const char *role)
{
struct wpabuf *tlvs;
u64 ret;
const char *subelems;
u8 id = 1;
subelems = os_strchr(role, ' ');
if (subelems == NULL)
return 0;
subelems++;
tlvs = wpabuf_alloc(4 * (2 + 1 + 1 + 1 + MAX_WFD_SD_SUBELEMS));
if (tlvs == NULL)
return 0;
if (os_strstr(role, "[source]"))
wfd_add_sd_req_role(tlvs, id++, 0x00, subelems);
if (os_strstr(role, "[pri-sink]"))
wfd_add_sd_req_role(tlvs, id++, 0x01, subelems);
if (os_strstr(role, "[sec-sink]"))
wfd_add_sd_req_role(tlvs, id++, 0x02, subelems);
if (os_strstr(role, "[source+sink]"))
wfd_add_sd_req_role(tlvs, id++, 0x03, subelems);
ret = wpas_p2p_sd_request_wfd(wpa_s, dst, tlvs);
wpabuf_free(tlvs);
return ret;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_WIFI_DISPLAY */
P2P: Fix 32-bit compiler warnings on service discovery reference Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings. Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *) could be larger than sizeof(u64). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:06:34 +01:00
int wpas_p2p_sd_cancel_request(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, u64 req)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
P2P: Fix 32-bit compiler warnings on service discovery reference Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings. Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *) could be larger than sizeof(u64). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:06:34 +01:00
return wpa_drv_p2p_sd_cancel_request(wpa_s, req);
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Fix 32-bit compiler warnings on service discovery reference Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings. Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *) could be larger than sizeof(u64). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:06:34 +01:00
return p2p_sd_cancel_request(wpa_s->global->p2p,
(void *) (uintptr_t) req);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
void wpas_p2p_sd_response(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, int freq,
const u8 *dst, u8 dialog_token,
const struct wpabuf *resp_tlvs)
{
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT) {
wpa_drv_p2p_sd_response(wpa_s, freq, dst, dialog_token,
resp_tlvs);
return;
}
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
p2p_sd_response(wpa_s->global->p2p, freq, dst, dialog_token,
resp_tlvs);
}
void wpas_p2p_sd_service_update(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT) {
wpa_drv_p2p_service_update(wpa_s);
return;
}
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p)
p2p_sd_service_update(wpa_s->global->p2p);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static void wpas_p2p_srv_bonjour_free(struct p2p_srv_bonjour *bsrv)
{
dl_list_del(&bsrv->list);
wpabuf_free(bsrv->query);
wpabuf_free(bsrv->resp);
os_free(bsrv);
}
static void wpas_p2p_srv_upnp_free(struct p2p_srv_upnp *usrv)
{
dl_list_del(&usrv->list);
os_free(usrv->service);
os_free(usrv);
}
void wpas_p2p_service_flush(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
struct p2p_srv_bonjour *bsrv, *bn;
struct p2p_srv_upnp *usrv, *un;
dl_list_for_each_safe(bsrv, bn, &wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_bonjour,
struct p2p_srv_bonjour, list)
wpas_p2p_srv_bonjour_free(bsrv);
dl_list_for_each_safe(usrv, un, &wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_upnp,
struct p2p_srv_upnp, list)
wpas_p2p_srv_upnp_free(usrv);
wpas_p2p_sd_service_update(wpa_s);
}
int wpas_p2p_service_add_bonjour(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpabuf *query, struct wpabuf *resp)
{
struct p2p_srv_bonjour *bsrv;
bsrv = wpas_p2p_service_get_bonjour(wpa_s, query);
if (bsrv) {
wpabuf_free(query);
wpabuf_free(bsrv->resp);
bsrv->resp = resp;
return 0;
}
bsrv = os_zalloc(sizeof(*bsrv));
if (bsrv == NULL)
return -1;
bsrv->query = query;
bsrv->resp = resp;
dl_list_add(&wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_bonjour, &bsrv->list);
wpas_p2p_sd_service_update(wpa_s);
return 0;
}
int wpas_p2p_service_del_bonjour(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const struct wpabuf *query)
{
struct p2p_srv_bonjour *bsrv;
bsrv = wpas_p2p_service_get_bonjour(wpa_s, query);
if (bsrv == NULL)
return -1;
wpas_p2p_srv_bonjour_free(bsrv);
wpas_p2p_sd_service_update(wpa_s);
return 0;
}
int wpas_p2p_service_add_upnp(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, u8 version,
const char *service)
{
struct p2p_srv_upnp *usrv;
if (wpas_p2p_service_get_upnp(wpa_s, version, service))
return 0; /* Already listed */
usrv = os_zalloc(sizeof(*usrv));
if (usrv == NULL)
return -1;
usrv->version = version;
usrv->service = os_strdup(service);
if (usrv->service == NULL) {
os_free(usrv);
return -1;
}
dl_list_add(&wpa_s->global->p2p_srv_upnp, &usrv->list);
wpas_p2p_sd_service_update(wpa_s);
return 0;
}
int wpas_p2p_service_del_upnp(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, u8 version,
const char *service)
{
struct p2p_srv_upnp *usrv;
usrv = wpas_p2p_service_get_upnp(wpa_s, version, service);
if (usrv == NULL)
return -1;
wpas_p2p_srv_upnp_free(usrv);
wpas_p2p_sd_service_update(wpa_s);
return 0;
}
static void wpas_prov_disc_local_display(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
P2P: Use a variable for generated PIN to allow multiple uses In order to pass the same PIN to multiple notifications in the future, generate it centrally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:12:37 +01:00
const u8 *peer, const char *params,
unsigned int generated_pin)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_PROV_DISC_SHOW_PIN MACSTR " %08d%s",
P2P: Use a variable for generated PIN to allow multiple uses In order to pass the same PIN to multiple notifications in the future, generate it centrally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:12:37 +01:00
MAC2STR(peer), generated_pin, params);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static void wpas_prov_disc_local_keypad(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const u8 *peer, const char *params)
{
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_PROV_DISC_ENTER_PIN MACSTR "%s",
MAC2STR(peer), params);
}
void wpas_prov_disc_req(void *ctx, const u8 *peer, u16 config_methods,
const u8 *dev_addr, const u8 *pri_dev_type,
const char *dev_name, u16 supp_config_methods,
P2P: Add group ifname to P2P-PROV-DISC-* events If Provision Discovery Request is sent for GO role (i.e., P2P Group ID attribute is included), add the group interface name to the control interface event on the GO. This makes it easier to figure out which ctrl_iface needs to be used for wps_pbc/wps_pin command to authorize the joining P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 20:57:17 +01:00
u8 dev_capab, u8 group_capab, const u8 *group_id,
size_t group_id_len)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
char devtype[WPS_DEV_TYPE_BUFSIZE];
P2P: Add group ifname to P2P-PROV-DISC-* events If Provision Discovery Request is sent for GO role (i.e., P2P Group ID attribute is included), add the group interface name to the control interface event on the GO. This makes it easier to figure out which ctrl_iface needs to be used for wps_pbc/wps_pin command to authorize the joining P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 20:57:17 +01:00
char params[300];
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
u8 empty_dev_type[8];
P2P: Use a variable for generated PIN to allow multiple uses In order to pass the same PIN to multiple notifications in the future, generate it centrally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:12:37 +01:00
unsigned int generated_pin = 0;
P2P: Add group ifname to P2P-PROV-DISC-* events If Provision Discovery Request is sent for GO role (i.e., P2P Group ID attribute is included), add the group interface name to the control interface event on the GO. This makes it easier to figure out which ctrl_iface needs to be used for wps_pbc/wps_pin command to authorize the joining P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 20:57:17 +01:00
struct wpa_supplicant *group = NULL;
if (group_id) {
for (group = wpa_s->global->ifaces; group; group = group->next)
{
struct wpa_ssid *s = group->current_ssid;
if (s != NULL &&
s->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO &&
group_id_len - ETH_ALEN == s->ssid_len &&
os_memcmp(group_id + ETH_ALEN, s->ssid,
s->ssid_len) == 0)
break;
}
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (pri_dev_type == NULL) {
os_memset(empty_dev_type, 0, sizeof(empty_dev_type));
pri_dev_type = empty_dev_type;
}
os_snprintf(params, sizeof(params), " p2p_dev_addr=" MACSTR
" pri_dev_type=%s name='%s' config_methods=0x%x "
P2P: Add group ifname to P2P-PROV-DISC-* events If Provision Discovery Request is sent for GO role (i.e., P2P Group ID attribute is included), add the group interface name to the control interface event on the GO. This makes it easier to figure out which ctrl_iface needs to be used for wps_pbc/wps_pin command to authorize the joining P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 20:57:17 +01:00
"dev_capab=0x%x group_capab=0x%x%s%s",
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
MAC2STR(dev_addr),
wps_dev_type_bin2str(pri_dev_type, devtype,
sizeof(devtype)),
P2P: Add group ifname to P2P-PROV-DISC-* events If Provision Discovery Request is sent for GO role (i.e., P2P Group ID attribute is included), add the group interface name to the control interface event on the GO. This makes it easier to figure out which ctrl_iface needs to be used for wps_pbc/wps_pin command to authorize the joining P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 20:57:17 +01:00
dev_name, supp_config_methods, dev_capab, group_capab,
group ? " group=" : "",
group ? group->ifname : "");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
params[sizeof(params) - 1] = '\0';
P2P: Use a variable for generated PIN to allow multiple uses In order to pass the same PIN to multiple notifications in the future, generate it centrally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:12:37 +01:00
if (config_methods & WPS_CONFIG_DISPLAY) {
generated_pin = wps_generate_pin();
wpas_prov_disc_local_display(wpa_s, peer, params,
generated_pin);
} else if (config_methods & WPS_CONFIG_KEYPAD)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_prov_disc_local_keypad(wpa_s, peer, params);
else if (config_methods & WPS_CONFIG_PUSHBUTTON)
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_PROV_DISC_PBC_REQ MACSTR
"%s", MAC2STR(peer), params);
P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_provision_discovery() Add a notification for P2P provision discovery status/result. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:31:56 +02:00
wpas_notify_p2p_provision_discovery(wpa_s, peer, 1 /* request */,
P2P_PROV_DISC_SUCCESS,
config_methods, generated_pin);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
void wpas_prov_disc_resp(void *ctx, const u8 *peer, u16 config_methods)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
P2P: Use a variable for generated PIN to allow multiple uses In order to pass the same PIN to multiple notifications in the future, generate it centrally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:12:37 +01:00
unsigned int generated_pin = 0;
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
char params[20];
P2P: Use a variable for generated PIN to allow multiple uses In order to pass the same PIN to multiple notifications in the future, generate it centrally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:12:37 +01:00
P2P: Skip event notification on PD Response in join-group case Provision Discovery is used as a notification to the GO in the case we are about join a running group. In such case, there is not much point in indicating the provision discovery response events to external programs especially when the PIN-to-be-displayed was different from the one returned for the p2p_connect command. Skip this confusing event completely for join-a-running-group case. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 19:20:36 +01:00
if (wpa_s->pending_pd_before_join &&
(os_memcmp(peer, wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr, ETH_ALEN) == 0 ||
os_memcmp(peer, wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr, ETH_ALEN) == 0)) {
wpa_s->pending_pd_before_join = 0;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Starting pending "
"join-existing-group operation");
wpas_p2p_join_start(wpa_s);
return;
}
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
if (wpa_s->pending_pd_use == AUTO_PD_JOIN ||
wpa_s->pending_pd_use == AUTO_PD_GO_NEG)
os_snprintf(params, sizeof(params), " peer_go=%d",
wpa_s->pending_pd_use == AUTO_PD_JOIN);
else
params[0] = '\0';
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (config_methods & WPS_CONFIG_DISPLAY)
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
wpas_prov_disc_local_keypad(wpa_s, peer, params);
P2P: Use a variable for generated PIN to allow multiple uses In order to pass the same PIN to multiple notifications in the future, generate it centrally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:12:37 +01:00
else if (config_methods & WPS_CONFIG_KEYPAD) {
generated_pin = wps_generate_pin();
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
wpas_prov_disc_local_display(wpa_s, peer, params,
generated_pin);
P2P: Use a variable for generated PIN to allow multiple uses In order to pass the same PIN to multiple notifications in the future, generate it centrally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:12:37 +01:00
} else if (config_methods & WPS_CONFIG_PUSHBUTTON)
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_PROV_DISC_PBC_RESP MACSTR
"%s", MAC2STR(peer), params);
P2P: Fix connect-to-running-group if Action TX status is delayed The following operations (scan and associate) were not run if the Provisioning Discovery Response is received before the TX Action status.
2010-08-04 23:34:56 +02:00
P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_provision_discovery() Add a notification for P2P provision discovery status/result. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:31:56 +02:00
wpas_notify_p2p_provision_discovery(wpa_s, peer, 0 /* response */,
P2P_PROV_DISC_SUCCESS,
config_methods, generated_pin);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
Mark local functions static These functions are not used outside the file in which they are defined. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-18 20:53:36 +01:00
static void wpas_prov_disc_fail(void *ctx, const u8 *peer,
enum p2p_prov_disc_status status)
P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_provision_discovery() Add a notification for P2P provision discovery status/result. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:31:56 +02:00
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_fallback_to_go_neg) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: PD for p2p_connect-auto "
"failed - fall back to GO Negotiation");
wpas_p2p_fallback_to_go_neg(wpa_s, 0);
return;
}
P2P: Add provision discovery failure event Add provisional discovery failure ctrl_iface event (P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE) to indicate to the application layer in case of PD failure. Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
2012-04-17 18:44:13 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_PROV_DISC_FAILURE
" p2p_dev_addr=" MACSTR " status=%d",
P2P: Fix PD Failure event to show peer device address The p2p_dev_addr parameter in the P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE event (added in commit f65a239ba4760cc6e8a169d21a4fcabed444a90b) was supposed to the P2P Device Address of the peer, not the local device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:09:02 +02:00
MAC2STR(peer), status);
P2P: Add provision discovery failure event Add provisional discovery failure ctrl_iface event (P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE) to indicate to the application layer in case of PD failure. Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
2012-04-17 18:44:13 +02:00
P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_provision_discovery() Add a notification for P2P provision discovery status/result. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:31:56 +02:00
wpas_notify_p2p_provision_discovery(wpa_s, peer, 0 /* response */,
status, 0, 0);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
static u8 wpas_invitation_process(void *ctx, const u8 *sa, const u8 *bssid,
const u8 *go_dev_addr, const u8 *ssid,
size_t ssid_len, int *go, u8 *group_bssid,
int *force_freq, int persistent_group)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
struct wpa_ssid *s;
u8 cur_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
int res;
P2P: Accept invitations to already running persistent group We can automatically accept invitations that are for a persistent group that is already running. There is no need to confirm this separately or preparare a new group interface.
2010-11-19 11:58:31 +01:00
struct wpa_supplicant *grp;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (!persistent_group) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Invitation from " MACSTR
" to join an active group", MAC2STR(sa));
P2P: Add command for pre-authorizing an invitation to an active group This is mainly designed for testing and allows p2p_connect join auth to be used to accept a specific invitation to an active group that may be received in the future.
2010-06-27 09:11:42 +02:00
if (!is_zero_ether_addr(wpa_s->p2p_auth_invite) &&
P2P: Allow pre-authorization of invitation to apply to src addr For client-invites-device case, the pre-authorization of an invitation to running group will need to allow Invitation Request from specified address, too. This is for testing uses only.
2010-07-02 07:57:03 +02:00
(os_memcmp(go_dev_addr, wpa_s->p2p_auth_invite, ETH_ALEN)
== 0 ||
os_memcmp(sa, wpa_s->p2p_auth_invite, ETH_ALEN) == 0)) {
P2P: Add command for pre-authorizing an invitation to an active group This is mainly designed for testing and allows p2p_connect join auth to be used to accept a specific invitation to an active group that may be received in the future.
2010-06-27 09:11:42 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Accept previously "
"authorized invitation");
goto accept_inv;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
/*
* Do not accept the invitation automatically; notify user and
* request approval.
*/
return P2P_SC_FAIL_INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE;
}
P2P: Accept invitations to already running persistent group We can automatically accept invitations that are for a persistent group that is already running. There is no need to confirm this separately or preparare a new group interface.
2010-11-19 11:58:31 +01:00
grp = wpas_get_p2p_group(wpa_s, ssid, ssid_len, go);
if (grp) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Accept invitation to already "
"running persistent group");
if (*go)
os_memcpy(group_bssid, grp->own_addr, ETH_ALEN);
goto accept_inv;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (!wpa_s->conf->persistent_reconnect)
return P2P_SC_FAIL_INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE;
for (s = wpa_s->conf->ssid; s; s = s->next) {
if (s->disabled == 2 &&
os_memcmp(s->bssid, go_dev_addr, ETH_ALEN) == 0 &&
s->ssid_len == ssid_len &&
os_memcmp(ssid, s->ssid, ssid_len) == 0)
break;
}
if (!s) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Invitation from " MACSTR
" requested reinvocation of an unknown group",
MAC2STR(sa));
return P2P_SC_FAIL_UNKNOWN_GROUP;
}
if (s->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO && !wpas_p2p_create_iface(wpa_s)) {
*go = 1;
if (wpa_s->wpa_state >= WPA_AUTHENTICATING) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: The only available "
"interface is already in use - reject "
"invitation");
return P2P_SC_FAIL_UNABLE_TO_ACCOMMODATE;
}
os_memcpy(group_bssid, wpa_s->own_addr, ETH_ALEN);
} else if (s->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO) {
*go = 1;
if (wpas_p2p_add_group_interface(wpa_s, WPA_IF_P2P_GO) < 0)
{
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to allocate a new "
"interface address for the group");
return P2P_SC_FAIL_UNABLE_TO_ACCOMMODATE;
}
os_memcpy(group_bssid, wpa_s->pending_interface_addr,
ETH_ALEN);
}
P2P: Add command for pre-authorizing an invitation to an active group This is mainly designed for testing and allows p2p_connect join auth to be used to accept a specific invitation to an active group that may be received in the future.
2010-06-27 09:11:42 +02:00
accept_inv:
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->current_ssid && wpa_drv_get_bssid(wpa_s, cur_bssid) == 0 &&
wpa_s->assoc_freq) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Trying to force channel to match "
"the channel we are already using");
*force_freq = wpa_s->assoc_freq;
}
res = wpa_drv_shared_freq(wpa_s);
if (res > 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Trying to force channel to match "
"with the channel we are already using on a "
"shared interface");
*force_freq = res;
}
return P2P_SC_SUCCESS;
}
static void wpas_invitation_received(void *ctx, const u8 *sa, const u8 *bssid,
const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
const u8 *go_dev_addr, u8 status,
int op_freq)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
struct wpa_ssid *s;
for (s = wpa_s->conf->ssid; s; s = s->next) {
if (s->disabled == 2 &&
s->ssid_len == ssid_len &&
os_memcmp(ssid, s->ssid, ssid_len) == 0)
break;
}
if (status == P2P_SC_SUCCESS) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Invitation from peer " MACSTR
" was accepted; op_freq=%d MHz",
MAC2STR(sa), op_freq);
if (s) {
wpas_p2p_group_add_persistent(
P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:53:01 +02:00
wpa_s, s, s->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO, 0, 0);
P2P: Fix invitation_received callback to use NULL bssid (if not known) Previously, the storage buffer for the Group BSSID was returned regardless of whether it was included in the invitation or not.
2010-09-07 16:35:42 +02:00
} else if (bssid) {
P2P: Add command for pre-authorizing an invitation to an active group This is mainly designed for testing and allows p2p_connect join auth to be used to accept a specific invitation to an active group that may be received in the future.
2010-06-27 09:11:42 +02:00
wpas_p2p_join(wpa_s, bssid, go_dev_addr,
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_wps_method, 0);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
return;
}
if (status != P2P_SC_FAIL_INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Invitation from peer " MACSTR
" was rejected (status %u)", MAC2STR(sa), status);
return;
}
if (!s) {
if (bssid) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_INVITATION_RECEIVED
"sa=" MACSTR " go_dev_addr=" MACSTR
" bssid=" MACSTR " unknown-network",
MAC2STR(sa), MAC2STR(go_dev_addr),
MAC2STR(bssid));
} else {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_INVITATION_RECEIVED
"sa=" MACSTR " go_dev_addr=" MACSTR
" unknown-network",
MAC2STR(sa), MAC2STR(go_dev_addr));
}
return;
}
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_INVITATION_RECEIVED "sa=" MACSTR
" persistent=%d", MAC2STR(sa), s->id);
}
static void wpas_invitation_result(void *ctx, int status, const u8 *bssid)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
if (bssid) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_INVITATION_RESULT
"status=%d " MACSTR,
status, MAC2STR(bssid));
} else {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_INVITATION_RESULT
"status=%d ", status);
}
P2P: Add invitation result notification Add a notification function for the result of an invitation. Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:40:21 +01:00
wpas_notify_p2p_invitation_result(wpa_s, status, bssid);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Stop early when processing not-persistent invitation result
2010-06-27 09:27:08 +02:00
if (wpa_s->pending_invite_ssid_id == -1)
return; /* Invitation to active group */
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (status != P2P_SC_SUCCESS) {
wpas_p2p_remove_pending_group_interface(wpa_s);
return;
}
ssid = wpa_config_get_network(wpa_s->conf,
wpa_s->pending_invite_ssid_id);
if (ssid == NULL) {
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Could not find persistent group "
"data matching with invitation");
return;
}
wpas_p2p_group_add_persistent(wpa_s, ssid,
P2P: Allow p2p_invite-persistent to specify channel for GO The freq and ht40 parameters can now be used with the p2p_invite command when reinvoking a persistent group as the GO. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 20:20:51 +02:00
ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO,
wpa_s->p2p_persistent_go_freq,
wpa_s->p2p_go_ht40);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Allow channels to be removed from P2P use A list of disallowed frequencies for P2P channel list can now be configured with P2P_SET disallow_freq. The frequencies (or frequency pairs) are comma separated. For example: wpa_cli p2p_set disallow_freq 2462,5000-6000 The allowed P2P channel list is constructed by removing explicitly disallowed channels from the channel list received from the driver. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-17 21:57:13 +01:00
static int wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(struct wpa_global *global,
unsigned int freq)
{
unsigned int i;
if (global->p2p_disallow_freq == NULL)
return 0;
for (i = 0; i < global->num_p2p_disallow_freq; i++) {
if (freq >= global->p2p_disallow_freq[i].min &&
freq <= global->p2p_disallow_freq[i].max)
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
static void wpas_p2p_add_chan(struct p2p_reg_class *reg, u8 chan)
{
reg->channel[reg->channels] = chan;
reg->channels++;
}
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
static int wpas_p2p_default_channels(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct p2p_channels *chan)
{
int i, cla = 0;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Enable operating classes for 2.4 GHz "
"band");
/* Operating class 81 - 2.4 GHz band channels 1..13 */
chan->reg_class[cla].reg_class = 81;
P2P: Allow channels to be removed from P2P use A list of disallowed frequencies for P2P channel list can now be configured with P2P_SET disallow_freq. The frequencies (or frequency pairs) are comma separated. For example: wpa_cli p2p_set disallow_freq 2462,5000-6000 The allowed P2P channel list is constructed by removing explicitly disallowed channels from the channel list received from the driver. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-17 21:57:13 +01:00
chan->reg_class[cla].channels = 0;
for (i = 0; i < 11; i++) {
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global, 2412 + i * 5))
wpas_p2p_add_chan(&chan->reg_class[cla], i + 1);
}
if (chan->reg_class[cla].channels)
cla++;
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Enable operating classes for lower 5 GHz "
"band");
/* Operating class 115 - 5 GHz, channels 36-48 */
chan->reg_class[cla].reg_class = 115;
P2P: Allow channels to be removed from P2P use A list of disallowed frequencies for P2P channel list can now be configured with P2P_SET disallow_freq. The frequencies (or frequency pairs) are comma separated. For example: wpa_cli p2p_set disallow_freq 2462,5000-6000 The allowed P2P channel list is constructed by removing explicitly disallowed channels from the channel list received from the driver. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-17 21:57:13 +01:00
chan->reg_class[cla].channels = 0;
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global, 5000 + 36 * 5))
wpas_p2p_add_chan(&chan->reg_class[cla], 36);
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global, 5000 + 40 * 5))
wpas_p2p_add_chan(&chan->reg_class[cla], 40);
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global, 5000 + 44 * 5))
wpas_p2p_add_chan(&chan->reg_class[cla], 44);
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global, 5000 + 48 * 5))
wpas_p2p_add_chan(&chan->reg_class[cla], 48);
if (chan->reg_class[cla].channels)
cla++;
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Enable operating classes for higher 5 GHz "
"band");
/* Operating class 124 - 5 GHz, channels 149,153,157,161 */
chan->reg_class[cla].reg_class = 124;
P2P: Allow channels to be removed from P2P use A list of disallowed frequencies for P2P channel list can now be configured with P2P_SET disallow_freq. The frequencies (or frequency pairs) are comma separated. For example: wpa_cli p2p_set disallow_freq 2462,5000-6000 The allowed P2P channel list is constructed by removing explicitly disallowed channels from the channel list received from the driver. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-17 21:57:13 +01:00
chan->reg_class[cla].channels = 0;
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global, 5000 + 149 * 5))
wpas_p2p_add_chan(&chan->reg_class[cla], 149);
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global, 5000 + 153 * 5))
wpas_p2p_add_chan(&chan->reg_class[cla], 153);
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global, 5000 + 156 * 5))
wpas_p2p_add_chan(&chan->reg_class[cla], 157);
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global, 5000 + 161 * 5))
wpas_p2p_add_chan(&chan->reg_class[cla], 161);
if (chan->reg_class[cla].channels)
cla++;
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
chan->reg_classes = cla;
return 0;
}
static struct hostapd_hw_modes * get_mode(struct hostapd_hw_modes *modes,
u16 num_modes,
enum hostapd_hw_mode mode)
{
u16 i;
for (i = 0; i < num_modes; i++) {
if (modes[i].mode == mode)
return &modes[i];
}
return NULL;
}
P2P: Allow channels to be removed from P2P use A list of disallowed frequencies for P2P channel list can now be configured with P2P_SET disallow_freq. The frequencies (or frequency pairs) are comma separated. For example: wpa_cli p2p_set disallow_freq 2462,5000-6000 The allowed P2P channel list is constructed by removing explicitly disallowed channels from the channel list received from the driver. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-17 21:57:13 +01:00
static int has_channel(struct wpa_global *global,
struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode, u8 chan, int *flags)
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
{
int i;
P2P: Allow channels to be removed from P2P use A list of disallowed frequencies for P2P channel list can now be configured with P2P_SET disallow_freq. The frequencies (or frequency pairs) are comma separated. For example: wpa_cli p2p_set disallow_freq 2462,5000-6000 The allowed P2P channel list is constructed by removing explicitly disallowed channels from the channel list received from the driver. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-17 21:57:13 +01:00
unsigned int freq;
freq = (mode->mode == HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A ? 5000 : 2407) +
chan * 5;
if (wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(global, freq))
return 0;
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
for (i = 0; i < mode->num_channels; i++) {
if (mode->channels[i].chan == chan) {
P2P: Add HT40 operating classes based on driver channel flags This allows P2P to negotiate HT40 channels. For now, only 5 GHz HT40 operating classes are enabled.
2010-11-12 17:14:12 +01:00
if (flags)
*flags = mode->channels[i].flag;
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
return !(mode->channels[i].flag &
(HOSTAPD_CHAN_DISABLED |
HOSTAPD_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN |
HOSTAPD_CHAN_NO_IBSS |
HOSTAPD_CHAN_RADAR));
}
}
return 0;
}
struct p2p_oper_class_map {
enum hostapd_hw_mode mode;
u8 op_class;
u8 min_chan;
u8 max_chan;
u8 inc;
P2P: Add HT40 operating classes based on driver channel flags This allows P2P to negotiate HT40 channels. For now, only 5 GHz HT40 operating classes are enabled.
2010-11-12 17:14:12 +01:00
enum { BW20, BW40PLUS, BW40MINUS } bw;
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
};
P2P: Move channel validation into a separate function Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:44:34 +02:00
static struct p2p_oper_class_map op_class[] = {
{ HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211G, 81, 1, 13, 1, BW20 },
#if 0 /* Do not enable HT40 on 2 GHz for now */
{ HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211G, 83, 1, 9, 1, BW40PLUS },
{ HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211G, 84, 5, 13, 1, BW40MINUS },
#endif
{ HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A, 115, 36, 48, 4, BW20 },
{ HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A, 124, 149, 161, 4, BW20 },
{ HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A, 116, 36, 44, 8, BW40PLUS },
{ HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A, 117, 40, 48, 8, BW40MINUS },
{ HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A, 126, 149, 157, 8, BW40PLUS },
{ HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A, 127, 153, 161, 8, BW40MINUS },
{ -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, BW20 }
};
static int wpas_p2p_verify_channel(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode,
u8 channel, u8 bw)
{
int flag;
if (!has_channel(wpa_s->global, mode, channel, &flag))
return -1;
if (bw == BW40MINUS &&
(!(flag & HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40MINUS) ||
!has_channel(wpa_s->global, mode, channel - 4, NULL)))
return 0;
if (bw == BW40PLUS &&
(!(flag & HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40PLUS) ||
!has_channel(wpa_s->global, mode, channel + 4, NULL)))
return 0;
return 1;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
static int wpas_p2p_setup_channels(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
struct p2p_channels *chan)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
wpa_supplicant: Unify hardware feature data The hardware feature data is required in several different places throughout the code. Previously, the data was acquired and freed on demand, but with this patch wpa_supplicant will keep a single copy around at runtime for everyone to use. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 10:58:54 +02:00
struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode;
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
int cla, op;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_supplicant: Unify hardware feature data The hardware feature data is required in several different places throughout the code. Previously, the data was acquired and freed on demand, but with this patch wpa_supplicant will keep a single copy around at runtime for everyone to use. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 10:58:54 +02:00
if (wpa_s->hw.modes == NULL) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Driver did not support fetching "
"of all supported channels; assume dualband "
"support");
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
return wpas_p2p_default_channels(wpa_s, chan);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
cla = 0;
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
for (op = 0; op_class[op].op_class; op++) {
struct p2p_oper_class_map *o = &op_class[op];
u8 ch;
struct p2p_reg_class *reg = NULL;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_supplicant: Unify hardware feature data The hardware feature data is required in several different places throughout the code. Previously, the data was acquired and freed on demand, but with this patch wpa_supplicant will keep a single copy around at runtime for everyone to use. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 10:58:54 +02:00
mode = get_mode(wpa_s->hw.modes, wpa_s->hw.num_modes, o->mode);
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
if (mode == NULL)
continue;
for (ch = o->min_chan; ch <= o->max_chan; ch += o->inc) {
P2P: Move channel validation into a separate function Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:44:34 +02:00
if (wpas_p2p_verify_channel(wpa_s, mode, ch, o->bw) < 1)
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
continue;
if (reg == NULL) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Add operating "
"class %u", o->op_class);
reg = &chan->reg_class[cla];
cla++;
reg->reg_class = o->op_class;
}
reg->channel[reg->channels] = ch;
reg->channels++;
}
if (reg) {
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Channels",
reg->channel, reg->channels);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
chan->reg_classes = cla;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return 0;
}
P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:53:01 +02:00
int wpas_p2p_get_ht40_mode(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode, u8 channel)
{
int op, ret;
for (op = 0; op_class[op].op_class; op++) {
struct p2p_oper_class_map *o = &op_class[op];
u8 ch;
for (ch = o->min_chan; ch <= o->max_chan; ch += o->inc) {
if (o->mode != HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A ||
o->bw == BW20 || ch != channel)
continue;
ret = wpas_p2p_verify_channel(wpa_s, mode, ch, o->bw);
if (ret < 0)
continue;
else if (ret > 0)
return (o->bw == BW40MINUS) ? -1 : 1;
else
return 0;
}
}
return 0;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
static int wpas_get_noa(void *ctx, const u8 *interface_addr, u8 *buf,
size_t buf_len)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
for (wpa_s = wpa_s->global->ifaces; wpa_s; wpa_s = wpa_s->next) {
if (os_memcmp(wpa_s->own_addr, interface_addr, ETH_ALEN) == 0)
break;
}
if (wpa_s == NULL)
return -1;
return wpa_drv_get_noa(wpa_s, buf, buf_len);
}
P2P: Do not expire peer entry if we are connected to the peer Even though we may not update P2P peer entry while connected to the peer as a P2P client, we should not be expiring a P2P peer entry while that peer is the GO in a group where we are connected as a P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-25 16:27:47 +01:00
static int wpas_go_connected(void *ctx, const u8 *dev_addr)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
for (wpa_s = wpa_s->global->ifaces; wpa_s; wpa_s = wpa_s->next) {
struct wpa_ssid *ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
if (ssid == NULL)
continue;
if (ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_INFRA)
continue;
P2P: Do not expire GO peer entry during group rekeying If wpas_go_connected() is called during group rekeying the P2P GO peer will expire. To prevent that check if group rekeying is not in progress.
2012-02-11 09:54:40 +01:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state != WPA_COMPLETED &&
wpa_s->wpa_state != WPA_GROUP_HANDSHAKE)
P2P: Do not expire peer entry if we are connected to the peer Even though we may not update P2P peer entry while connected to the peer as a P2P client, we should not be expiring a P2P peer entry while that peer is the GO in a group where we are connected as a P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-25 16:27:47 +01:00
continue;
if (os_memcmp(wpa_s->go_dev_addr, dev_addr, ETH_ALEN) == 0)
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
/**
* wpas_p2p_init - Initialize P2P module for %wpa_supplicant
* @global: Pointer to global data from wpa_supplicant_init()
* @wpa_s: Pointer to wpa_supplicant data from wpa_supplicant_add_iface()
* Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
*/
int wpas_p2p_init(struct wpa_global *global, struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
struct p2p_config p2p;
unsigned int r;
P2P: Allow adding of WPS vendor extension attributes This adds the ability to add WPS vendor extension attributes in P2P frames, like GO Negotiation and Probe Response frames. Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 10:57:10 +01:00
int i;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (!(wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CAPABLE))
return 0;
if (global->p2p)
return 0;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT) {
struct p2p_params params;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Use driver-based P2P management");
os_memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
params.dev_name = wpa_s->conf->device_name;
WPS: Store (secondary) device type as binary Instead of converting back and forth from the string representation, always use the binary representation internally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 17:50:22 +01:00
os_memcpy(params.pri_dev_type, wpa_s->conf->device_type,
WPS_DEV_TYPE_LEN);
params.num_sec_dev_types = wpa_s->conf->num_sec_device_types;
os_memcpy(params.sec_dev_type,
wpa_s->conf->sec_device_type,
params.num_sec_dev_types * WPS_DEV_TYPE_LEN);
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_drv_p2p_set_params(wpa_s, &params) < 0)
return -1;
return 0;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_memset(&p2p, 0, sizeof(p2p));
p2p.msg_ctx = wpa_s;
p2p.cb_ctx = wpa_s;
p2p.p2p_scan = wpas_p2p_scan;
p2p.send_action = wpas_send_action;
p2p.send_action_done = wpas_send_action_done;
p2p.go_neg_completed = wpas_go_neg_completed;
p2p.go_neg_req_rx = wpas_go_neg_req_rx;
p2p.dev_found = wpas_dev_found;
P2P: Add method to signal lost device This signal is used to notify users of the P2P state machine or wpa_supplicant of lost devices. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:22:16 +01:00
p2p.dev_lost = wpas_dev_lost;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
p2p.start_listen = wpas_start_listen;
p2p.stop_listen = wpas_stop_listen;
p2p.send_probe_resp = wpas_send_probe_resp;
p2p.sd_request = wpas_sd_request;
p2p.sd_response = wpas_sd_response;
p2p.prov_disc_req = wpas_prov_disc_req;
p2p.prov_disc_resp = wpas_prov_disc_resp;
P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_provision_discovery() Add a notification for P2P provision discovery status/result. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:31:56 +02:00
p2p.prov_disc_fail = wpas_prov_disc_fail;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
p2p.invitation_process = wpas_invitation_process;
p2p.invitation_received = wpas_invitation_received;
p2p.invitation_result = wpas_invitation_result;
p2p.get_noa = wpas_get_noa;
P2P: Do not expire peer entry if we are connected to the peer Even though we may not update P2P peer entry while connected to the peer as a P2P client, we should not be expiring a P2P peer entry while that peer is the GO in a group where we are connected as a P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-25 16:27:47 +01:00
p2p.go_connected = wpas_go_connected;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_memcpy(wpa_s->global->p2p_dev_addr, wpa_s->own_addr, ETH_ALEN);
P2P: Use global->p2p_dev_addr instead of parent->own_addr Start using global->p2p_dev_addr more consistently as the P2P Device Address. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-25 22:58:03 +01:00
os_memcpy(p2p.dev_addr, wpa_s->global->p2p_dev_addr, ETH_ALEN);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
p2p.dev_name = wpa_s->conf->device_name;
P2P: Add more WPS attributes into Listen state Probe Response Configure more WPS attributes in the P2P module and use them when generating WSC IE for Probe Response frames in Listen state.
2011-03-28 14:24:12 +02:00
p2p.manufacturer = wpa_s->conf->manufacturer;
p2p.model_name = wpa_s->conf->model_name;
p2p.model_number = wpa_s->conf->model_number;
p2p.serial_number = wpa_s->conf->serial_number;
if (wpa_s->wps) {
os_memcpy(p2p.uuid, wpa_s->wps->uuid, 16);
p2p.config_methods = wpa_s->wps->config_methods;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_listen_reg_class &&
wpa_s->conf->p2p_listen_channel) {
p2p.reg_class = wpa_s->conf->p2p_listen_reg_class;
p2p.channel = wpa_s->conf->p2p_listen_channel;
} else {
p2p.reg_class = 81;
/*
* Pick one of the social channels randomly as the listen
* channel.
*/
os_get_random((u8 *) &r, sizeof(r));
p2p.channel = 1 + (r % 3) * 5;
}
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Own listen channel: %d", p2p.channel);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_reg_class &&
wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel) {
p2p.op_reg_class = wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_reg_class;
p2p.op_channel = wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel;
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
p2p.cfg_op_channel = 1;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Configured operating channel: "
"%d:%d", p2p.op_reg_class, p2p.op_channel);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
} else {
p2p.op_reg_class = 81;
/*
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
* Use random operation channel from (1, 6, 11) if no other
* preference is indicated.
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
*/
P2P: Fix random channel selection to use os_get_random This could have been using an uninitialized variable instead of purposefully random value in picking up the channel. There is not much of a difference for the use case here, but anyway, we may as well do what was initially planned here and.
2010-10-31 11:27:37 +01:00
os_get_random((u8 *) &r, sizeof(r));
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
p2p.op_channel = 1 + (r % 3) * 5;
p2p.cfg_op_channel = 0;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Random operating channel: "
"%d:%d", p2p.op_reg_class, p2p.op_channel);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
if (wpa_s->conf->country[0] && wpa_s->conf->country[1]) {
os_memcpy(p2p.country, wpa_s->conf->country, 2);
p2p.country[2] = 0x04;
} else
P2P: Replace the default country with "XX" (non-country entity)
2010-11-10 15:22:22 +01:00
os_memcpy(p2p.country, "XX\x04", 3);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 17:51:37 +02:00
if (wpas_p2p_setup_channels(wpa_s, &p2p.channels)) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to configure supported "
"channel list");
return -1;
}
WPS: Store (secondary) device type as binary Instead of converting back and forth from the string representation, always use the binary representation internally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 17:50:22 +01:00
os_memcpy(p2p.pri_dev_type, wpa_s->conf->device_type,
WPS_DEV_TYPE_LEN);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
WPS: Store (secondary) device type as binary Instead of converting back and forth from the string representation, always use the binary representation internally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 17:50:22 +01:00
p2p.num_sec_dev_types = wpa_s->conf->num_sec_device_types;
os_memcpy(p2p.sec_dev_type, wpa_s->conf->sec_device_type,
p2p.num_sec_dev_types * WPS_DEV_TYPE_LEN);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
p2p.concurrent_operations = !!(wpa_s->drv_flags &
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CONCURRENT);
Fix max_stations to apply to associated STAs, not P2P peers This driver capability limit was supposed to indicate limit on how many stations can associate with us in the AP mode, not how many P2P peers are stored in the peer table.
2010-10-19 16:17:04 +02:00
p2p.max_peers = 100;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_ssid_postfix) {
p2p.ssid_postfix_len =
os_strlen(wpa_s->conf->p2p_ssid_postfix);
if (p2p.ssid_postfix_len > sizeof(p2p.ssid_postfix))
p2p.ssid_postfix_len = sizeof(p2p.ssid_postfix);
os_memcpy(p2p.ssid_postfix, wpa_s->conf->p2p_ssid_postfix,
p2p.ssid_postfix_len);
}
P2P: Add option for disabling intra BSS distribution p2p_intra_bss configuration parameter can now be used to disable/enable intra BSS distribution (bridging of frames between the clients in a group).
2010-09-08 20:18:10 +02:00
p2p.p2p_intra_bss = wpa_s->conf->p2p_intra_bss;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
global->p2p = p2p_init(&p2p);
if (global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Deinitialize global P2P context on P2P mgmt interface removal The P2P implementation assumes that the first wpa_s interface instance is used to manage P2P operations and the P2P module maintains a pointer to this interface in msg_ctx. This can result in issues (e.g., use of freed memory) when the management interface is removed. Fix this by deinitializing global P2P data if the interface that created it is removed. This will disable P2P until the next interface is added. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-10 09:49:22 +02:00
global->p2p_init_wpa_s = wpa_s;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Allow adding of WPS vendor extension attributes This adds the ability to add WPS vendor extension attributes in P2P frames, like GO Negotiation and Probe Response frames. Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 10:57:10 +01:00
for (i = 0; i < MAX_WPS_VENDOR_EXT; i++) {
if (wpa_s->conf->wps_vendor_ext[i] == NULL)
continue;
p2p_add_wps_vendor_extension(
global->p2p, wpa_s->conf->wps_vendor_ext[i]);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return 0;
}
/**
* wpas_p2p_deinit - Deinitialize per-interface P2P data
* @wpa_s: Pointer to wpa_supplicant data from wpa_supplicant_add_iface()
*
* This function deinitialize per-interface P2P data.
*/
void wpas_p2p_deinit(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (wpa_s->driver && wpa_s->drv_priv)
wpa_drv_probe_req_report(wpa_s, 0);
P2P: Skip duplicated provision discovery on join If p2p_prov_disc join command is used prior to p2p_connect join, skip the duplicated provision discovery exchange. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:44:57 +01:00
if (wpa_s->go_params) {
/* Clear any stored provisioning info */
p2p_clear_provisioning_info(
wpa_s->global->p2p,
P2P: Fix provisioning info clearing after successful WPS step Previously, this provisioning info was cleared using the P2P Interface Address of the GO as the key. That did not always work in the case the where we joined an already running group. This could result in the next connection to that same GO skipping provision discovery. Fix this by finding the peer entry based on its P2P Device Address instead of the P2P Interface Address which may not always be set. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-01 21:06:03 +01:00
wpa_s->go_params->peer_device_addr);
P2P: Skip duplicated provision discovery on join If p2p_prov_disc join command is used prior to p2p_connect join, skip the duplicated provision discovery exchange. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:44:57 +01:00
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_free(wpa_s->go_params);
wpa_s->go_params = NULL;
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_join_scan, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Wait for PD-before-join response Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual connection. If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any reason. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 19:52:24 +01:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen = 0;
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_long_listen_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_p2p_remove_pending_group_interface(wpa_s);
/* TODO: remove group interface from the driver if this wpa_s instance
* is on top of a P2P group interface */
}
/**
* wpas_p2p_deinit_global - Deinitialize global P2P module
* @global: Pointer to global data from wpa_supplicant_init()
*
* This function deinitializes the global (per device) P2P module.
*/
void wpas_p2p_deinit_global(struct wpa_global *global)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, *tmp;
P2P: Fix memory leak with driver-based P2P management If the P2P management operations are handled within the driver, the P2P service entries were not freed when terminating wpa_supplicant. Fix this by calling wpas_p2p_service_flush() even if the P2P module within wpa_supplicant has not been initialized. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-24 19:45:22 +02:00
wpa_s = global->ifaces;
if (wpa_s)
wpas_p2p_service_flush(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (global->p2p == NULL)
return;
/* Remove remaining P2P group interfaces */
while (wpa_s && wpa_s->p2p_group_interface != NOT_P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE)
wpa_s = wpa_s->next;
while (wpa_s) {
tmp = global->ifaces;
while (tmp &&
(tmp == wpa_s ||
tmp->p2p_group_interface == NOT_P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE)) {
tmp = tmp->next;
}
if (tmp == NULL)
break;
P2P: Disconnect P2P group on supplicant deinit When a supplicant is deinited and shutting, disconnect from P2P groups. This fixes a memory leak on variable dbus_groupobj_path on exiting supplicant. Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com> Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2012-04-06 17:41:06 +02:00
/* Disconnect from the P2P group and deinit the interface */
wpas_p2p_disconnect(tmp);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Deinit GO group data before global P2P deinit This avoids issues with using freed memory in p2p_group_deinit().
2010-08-05 04:13:00 +02:00
/*
* Deinit GO data on any possibly remaining interface (if main
* interface is used as GO).
*/
for (wpa_s = global->ifaces; wpa_s; wpa_s = wpa_s->next) {
if (wpa_s->ap_iface)
wpas_p2p_group_deinit(wpa_s);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
p2p_deinit(global->p2p);
global->p2p = NULL;
P2P: Deinitialize global P2P context on P2P mgmt interface removal The P2P implementation assumes that the first wpa_s interface instance is used to manage P2P operations and the P2P module maintains a pointer to this interface in msg_ctx. This can result in issues (e.g., use of freed memory) when the management interface is removed. Fix this by deinitializing global P2P data if the interface that created it is removed. This will disable P2P until the next interface is added. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-10 09:49:22 +02:00
global->p2p_init_wpa_s = NULL;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static int wpas_p2p_create_iface(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
P2P: Add new driver option for interface allocation WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P flag can now be used to indicate that the initial interface (e.g., wlan0) is used for P2P management operations and potentially non-P2P connections. This is otherwise identical to WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE, but the possibility of non-P2P connections makes some operations differ.
2010-11-26 14:52:16 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags &
(WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE |
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P))
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return 1; /* P2P group requires a new interface in every case
*/
if (!(wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CONCURRENT))
return 0; /* driver does not support concurrent operations */
if (wpa_s->global->ifaces->next)
return 1; /* more that one interface already in use */
if (wpa_s->wpa_state >= WPA_AUTHENTICATING)
return 1; /* this interface is already in use */
return 0;
}
static int wpas_p2p_start_go_neg(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const u8 *peer_addr,
enum p2p_wps_method wps_method,
int go_intent, const u8 *own_interface_addr,
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
unsigned int force_freq, int persistent_group,
struct wpa_ssid *ssid)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
P2P: Advertise Persistent Reconnect group capability The persistent_reconnect configuration parameter was used to decide whether to accept invitation to re-establish a persistent group. However, this was not being advertised in the Group Capability bitmap. Add the Persistent Reconnect bit based on this configuration to GO Negotiation frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames from the GO.
2011-10-24 16:29:37 +02:00
if (persistent_group && wpa_s->conf->persistent_reconnect)
persistent_group = 2;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT) {
return wpa_drv_p2p_connect(wpa_s, peer_addr, wps_method,
go_intent, own_interface_addr,
force_freq, persistent_group);
}
P2P: Use larger GO config timeout if HT40 is used Increase GO config timeout if HT40 is used since it takes some time to scan channels for coex purposes before the BSS can be started. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-15 22:19:11 +02:00
/*
* Increase GO config timeout if HT40 is used since it takes some time
* to scan channels for coex purposes before the BSS can be started.
*/
p2p_set_config_timeout(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->p2p_go_ht40 ? 255 : 100, 20);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return p2p_connect(wpa_s->global->p2p, peer_addr, wps_method,
go_intent, own_interface_addr, force_freq,
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
persistent_group, ssid ? ssid->ssid : NULL,
P2P: Add option for Provision Discovery before GO Negotiation This is a workaround for interoperability issues with some deployed P2P implementations that require a Provision Discovery exchange to be used before GO Negotiation. The new provdisc parameter for the p2p_connect command can be used to request this behavior without having to run a separate p2p_prov_disc command. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 15:25:47 +02:00
ssid ? ssid->ssid_len : 0,
wpa_s->p2p_pd_before_go_neg);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static int wpas_p2p_auth_go_neg(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const u8 *peer_addr,
enum p2p_wps_method wps_method,
int go_intent, const u8 *own_interface_addr,
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
unsigned int force_freq, int persistent_group,
struct wpa_ssid *ssid)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
P2P: Advertise Persistent Reconnect group capability The persistent_reconnect configuration parameter was used to decide whether to accept invitation to re-establish a persistent group. However, this was not being advertised in the Group Capability bitmap. Add the Persistent Reconnect bit based on this configuration to GO Negotiation frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames from the GO.
2011-10-24 16:29:37 +02:00
if (persistent_group && wpa_s->conf->persistent_reconnect)
persistent_group = 2;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return p2p_authorize(wpa_s->global->p2p, peer_addr, wps_method,
go_intent, own_interface_addr, force_freq,
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
persistent_group, ssid ? ssid->ssid : NULL,
ssid ? ssid->ssid_len : 0);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Allow multiple scan runs to find GO for p2p_connect join If the GO is not found, we cannot send Provisioning Discovery Request frame and cannot really connect anyway. Since the Provisioning Discovery is a mandatory part, it is better to continue join-scan until the GO is found instead of moving to the next step where normal connection scan is used (PD would not be used from there). Use a limit of 10 scan attempts for p2p_connect join to avoid getting in infinite loop trying to join. If the GO is not found with those scans, indicate failure (P2P-GROUP-FORMATION-FAILURE) and stop the join attempt.
2010-11-15 15:15:38 +01:00
static void wpas_p2p_check_join_scan_limit(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
wpa_s->p2p_join_scan_count++;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Join scan attempt %d",
wpa_s->p2p_join_scan_count);
if (wpa_s->p2p_join_scan_count > P2P_MAX_JOIN_SCAN_ATTEMPTS) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Failed to find GO " MACSTR
" for join operationg - stop join attempt",
MAC2STR(wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr));
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_join_scan, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_auto_pd) {
wpa_s->p2p_auto_pd = 0;
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_PROV_DISC_FAILURE
" p2p_dev_addr=" MACSTR " status=N/A",
MAC2STR(wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr));
return;
}
P2P: Allow multiple scan runs to find GO for p2p_connect join If the GO is not found, we cannot send Provisioning Discovery Request frame and cannot really connect anyway. Since the Provisioning Discovery is a mandatory part, it is better to continue join-scan until the GO is found instead of moving to the next step where normal connection scan is used (PD would not be used from there). Use a limit of 10 scan attempts for p2p_connect join to avoid getting in infinite loop trying to join. If the GO is not found with those scans, indicate failure (P2P-GROUP-FORMATION-FAILURE) and stop the join attempt.
2010-11-15 15:15:38 +01:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_GROUP_FORMATION_FAILURE);
}
}
P2P: Wait for PD-before-join response Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual connection. If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any reason. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 19:52:24 +01:00
static void wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout(void *eloop_ctx, void *timeout_ctx)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = eloop_ctx;
if (!wpa_s->pending_pd_before_join)
return;
/*
* Provision Discovery Response may have been lost - try to connect
* anyway since we do not need any information from this PD.
*/
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: PD timeout for join-existing-group - "
"try to connect anyway");
wpas_p2p_join_start(wpa_s);
}
P2P: Abort join-group operation if concurrent group cannot be supported If the driver does not indicate support for multi-channel concurrency, abort join-group operation if the end result would result in use of multiple operating frequencies with the same radio. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-08 19:12:05 +02:00
static int wpas_check_freq_conflict(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, int freq)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *iface;
int shared_freq;
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MULTI_CHANNEL_CONCURRENT)
return 0;
for (iface = wpa_s->global->ifaces; iface; iface = iface->next) {
if (!wpas_p2p_create_iface(wpa_s) && iface == wpa_s)
continue;
if (iface->current_ssid == NULL || iface->assoc_freq == 0)
continue;
P2P: Fix shared freq check and support AP mode validation The previous commit did not use the correct pointer in all operations and was specific to station mode interfaces. Fix and extend it to work with AP/GO interfaces, too. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-08 19:42:45 +02:00
if (iface->current_ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_AP ||
iface->current_ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO)
shared_freq = iface->current_ssid->frequency;
else if (wpa_drv_get_bssid(iface, bssid) == 0)
shared_freq = iface->assoc_freq;
else
shared_freq = 0;
if (shared_freq && freq != shared_freq) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Frequency conflict - %s "
"connected on %d MHz - new connection on "
"%d MHz", iface->ifname, shared_freq, freq);
return 1;
P2P: Abort join-group operation if concurrent group cannot be supported If the driver does not indicate support for multi-channel concurrency, abort join-group operation if the end result would result in use of multiple operating frequencies with the same radio. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-08 19:12:05 +02:00
}
}
shared_freq = wpa_drv_shared_freq(wpa_s);
if (shared_freq > 0 && shared_freq != freq) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Frequency conflict - shared "
"virtual interface connected on %d MHz - new "
"connection on %d MHz", shared_freq, freq);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
static int wpas_p2p_peer_go(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const u8 *peer_dev_addr)
{
struct wpa_bss *bss;
int updated;
bss = wpa_bss_get_p2p_dev_addr(wpa_s, peer_dev_addr);
if (bss == NULL)
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
return -1;
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
if (bss->last_update_idx < wpa_s->bss_update_idx) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Peer BSS entry not updated in the "
"last scan");
return 0;
}
updated = os_time_before(&wpa_s->p2p_auto_started, &bss->last_update);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Current BSS entry for peer updated at "
"%ld.%06ld (%supdated in last scan)",
bss->last_update.sec, bss->last_update.usec,
updated ? "": "not ");
return updated;
}
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_scan_res_join(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_scan_results *scan_res)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct wpa_bss *bss;
P2P: Use operating frequency from peer table as backup for join The scan operation before Provision Discovery Request may not include the GO. However, we are likely to have the GO in our P2P peer table, so use that information to figure out the operating channel if BSS table entry is not available.
2010-08-05 01:00:21 +02:00
int freq;
P2P: Update pending join interface address during scans Since the P2P peer entry may not have been available at the time the join request was issued, we need to allow the P2P Interface Address to be updated during join-scans when the P2P peer entry for the GO may be added.
2010-11-15 15:16:39 +01:00
u8 iface_addr[ETH_ALEN];
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_join_scan, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled)
return;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Scan results received (%d BSS) for %sjoin",
scan_res ? (int) scan_res->num : -1,
wpa_s->p2p_auto_join ? "auto_" : "");
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
if (scan_res)
wpas_p2p_scan_res_handler(wpa_s, scan_res);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_auto_pd) {
int join = wpas_p2p_peer_go(wpa_s,
wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr);
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
if (join == 0 &&
wpa_s->auto_pd_scan_retry < P2P_AUTO_PD_SCAN_ATTEMPTS) {
wpa_s->auto_pd_scan_retry++;
bss = wpa_bss_get_bssid(wpa_s,
wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr);
if (bss) {
freq = bss->freq;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Scan retry %d for "
"the peer " MACSTR " at %d MHz",
wpa_s->auto_pd_scan_retry,
MAC2STR(wpa_s->
pending_join_dev_addr),
freq);
wpas_p2p_join_scan_req(wpa_s, freq);
return;
}
}
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
if (join < 0)
join = 0;
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_auto_pd = 0;
wpa_s->pending_pd_use = join ? AUTO_PD_JOIN : AUTO_PD_GO_NEG;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Auto PD with " MACSTR " join=%d",
MAC2STR(wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr), join);
if (p2p_prov_disc_req(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr,
wpa_s->pending_pd_config_methods, join,
0) < 0) {
wpa_s->p2p_auto_pd = 0;
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_PROV_DISC_FAILURE
" p2p_dev_addr=" MACSTR " status=N/A",
MAC2STR(wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr));
}
return;
}
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_auto_join) {
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
int join = wpas_p2p_peer_go(wpa_s,
wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr);
if (join < 0) {
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Peer was not found to be "
"running a GO -> use GO Negotiation");
wpas_p2p_connect(wpa_s, wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr,
wpa_s->p2p_pin, wpa_s->p2p_wps_method,
wpa_s->p2p_persistent_group, 0, 0, 0,
wpa_s->p2p_go_intent,
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_connect_freq,
P2P: Add option for Provision Discovery before GO Negotiation This is a workaround for interoperability issues with some deployed P2P implementations that require a Provision Discovery exchange to be used before GO Negotiation. The new provdisc parameter for the p2p_connect command can be used to request this behavior without having to run a separate p2p_prov_disc command. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 15:25:47 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_persistent_id,
P2P: Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_connect This can be used to start negotiated GO in 40 MHz channel width in 5GHz band. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 22:07:44 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_pd_before_go_neg,
wpa_s->p2p_go_ht40);
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
return;
}
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Peer was found running GO%s -> "
"try to join the group", join ? "" :
" in older scan");
if (!join)
wpa_s->p2p_fallback_to_go_neg = 1;
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
}
P2P: Use operating frequency from peer table as backup for join The scan operation before Provision Discovery Request may not include the GO. However, we are likely to have the GO in our P2P peer table, so use that information to figure out the operating channel if BSS table entry is not available.
2010-08-05 01:00:21 +02:00
freq = p2p_get_oper_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr);
P2P: Update pending join interface address during scans Since the P2P peer entry may not have been available at the time the join request was issued, we need to allow the P2P Interface Address to be updated during join-scans when the P2P peer entry for the GO may be added.
2010-11-15 15:16:39 +01:00
if (freq < 0 &&
p2p_get_interface_addr(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr,
iface_addr) == 0 &&
os_memcmp(iface_addr, wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr, ETH_ALEN) != 0)
{
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Overwrite pending interface "
"address for join from " MACSTR " to " MACSTR
" based on newly discovered P2P peer entry",
MAC2STR(wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr),
MAC2STR(iface_addr));
os_memcpy(wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr, iface_addr,
ETH_ALEN);
freq = p2p_get_oper_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr);
}
P2P: Use operating frequency from peer table as backup for join The scan operation before Provision Discovery Request may not include the GO. However, we are likely to have the GO in our P2P peer table, so use that information to figure out the operating channel if BSS table entry is not available.
2010-08-05 01:00:21 +02:00
if (freq >= 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Target GO operating frequency "
"from P2P peer table: %d MHz", freq);
}
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
bss = wpa_bss_get_bssid(wpa_s, wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (bss) {
P2P: Use operating frequency from peer table as backup for join The scan operation before Provision Discovery Request may not include the GO. However, we are likely to have the GO in our P2P peer table, so use that information to figure out the operating channel if BSS table entry is not available.
2010-08-05 01:00:21 +02:00
freq = bss->freq;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Target GO operating frequency "
"from BSS table: %d MHz", freq);
}
if (freq > 0) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
u16 method;
P2P: Abort join-group operation if concurrent group cannot be supported If the driver does not indicate support for multi-channel concurrency, abort join-group operation if the end result would result in use of multiple operating frequencies with the same radio. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-08 19:12:05 +02:00
if (wpas_check_freq_conflict(wpa_s, freq) > 0) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_GROUP_FORMATION_FAILURE
"reason=FREQ_CONFLICT");
return;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Send Provision Discovery Request "
"prior to joining an existing group (GO " MACSTR
" freq=%u MHz)",
P2P: Use operating frequency from peer table as backup for join The scan operation before Provision Discovery Request may not include the GO. However, we are likely to have the GO in our P2P peer table, so use that information to figure out the operating channel if BSS table entry is not available.
2010-08-05 01:00:21 +02:00
MAC2STR(wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr), freq);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->pending_pd_before_join = 1;
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
switch (wpa_s->pending_join_wps_method) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
case WPS_PIN_DISPLAY:
method = WPS_CONFIG_KEYPAD;
break;
case WPS_PIN_KEYPAD:
method = WPS_CONFIG_DISPLAY;
break;
case WPS_PBC:
method = WPS_CONFIG_PUSHBUTTON;
break;
default:
method = 0;
break;
}
P2P: Skip duplicated provision discovery on join If p2p_prov_disc join command is used prior to p2p_connect join, skip the duplicated provision discovery exchange. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:44:57 +01:00
if ((p2p_get_provisioning_info(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr) ==
method)) {
/*
* We have already performed provision discovery for
* joining the group. Proceed directly to join
* operation without duplicated provision discovery. */
P2P: Fix Provision Discovery name in debug messages Some debug messages used incorrect name for Provision Discovery. Replace "Provisioning Discovery" with "Provision Discovery". Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 16:36:38 +01:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Provision discovery "
P2P: Skip duplicated provision discovery on join If p2p_prov_disc join command is used prior to p2p_connect join, skip the duplicated provision discovery exchange. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:44:57 +01:00
"with " MACSTR " already done - proceed to "
"join",
MAC2STR(wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr));
wpa_s->pending_pd_before_join = 0;
goto start;
}
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
if (p2p_prov_disc_req(wpa_s->global->p2p,
P2P: Fix Provision Discovery channel for some join-GO cases The Provision Discovery Request needs to be sent on the operating channel of the GO and as such, the frequency from the BSS table (scan results) need to override the frequency in the P2P peer table that could be based on the Listen channel of the GO. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 16:21:25 +01:00
wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr, method, 1,
freq) < 0) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Failed to send Provision "
"Discovery Request before joining an "
"existing group");
wpa_s->pending_pd_before_join = 0;
goto start;
}
/*
* Actual join operation will be started from the Action frame
P2P: Wait for PD-before-join response Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual connection. If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any reason. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 19:52:24 +01:00
* TX status callback (if no ACK is received) or when the
* Provision Discovery Response is received. Use a short
* timeout as a backup mechanism should the Provision Discovery
* Response be lost for any reason.
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
*/
P2P: Wait for PD-before-join response Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual connection. If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any reason. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 19:52:24 +01:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout, wpa_s,
NULL);
eloop_register_timeout(2, 0, wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout,
wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
return;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Allow multiple scan runs to find GO for p2p_connect join If the GO is not found, we cannot send Provisioning Discovery Request frame and cannot really connect anyway. Since the Provisioning Discovery is a mandatory part, it is better to continue join-scan until the GO is found instead of moving to the next step where normal connection scan is used (PD would not be used from there). Use a limit of 10 scan attempts for p2p_connect join to avoid getting in infinite loop trying to join. If the GO is not found with those scans, indicate failure (P2P-GROUP-FORMATION-FAILURE) and stop the join attempt.
2010-11-15 15:15:38 +01:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Failed to find BSS/GO - try again later");
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_join_scan, wpa_s, NULL);
eloop_register_timeout(1, 0, wpas_p2p_join_scan, wpa_s, NULL);
wpas_p2p_check_join_scan_limit(wpa_s);
return;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
start:
/* Start join operation immediately */
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
wpas_p2p_join_start(wpa_s);
}
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_join_scan_req(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, int freq)
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
{
int ret;
struct wpa_driver_scan_params params;
struct wpabuf *wps_ie, *ies;
P2P: Provide mechanism for figuring out p2p_scan_ie() buffer need The new function, p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(), can be used to figure out how large a buffer needs to be allocated for p2p_scan_ie() use. This makes it easier to add new data into the buffer without forcing all callers to be updated to use a larger buffer.
2011-04-28 15:14:35 +02:00
size_t ielen;
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
int freqs[2] = { 0, 0 };
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
os_memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
/* P2P Wildcard SSID */
params.num_ssids = 1;
params.ssids[0].ssid = (u8 *) P2P_WILDCARD_SSID;
params.ssids[0].ssid_len = P2P_WILDCARD_SSID_LEN;
wpa_s->wps->dev.p2p = 1;
P2P: Advertise immediate availability of WPS credential Use Device Password ID in WSC IE of Probe Request and Probe Response frames to advertise immediate availability of WPS credentials per P2P specification sections 3.1.2.1.1 (Listen State), 3.1.2.1.2 (Scan Phase), and 3.1.2.1.3 (Find Phase). For now, the Device Password ID is set only for the case where we are active GO Negotiation with a specific peer. In practice, this means that the Probe Response frames during pending GO Negotiation (whenever in Listen state) indicate availability of the credential. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 22:14:35 +01:00
wps_ie = wps_build_probe_req_ie(DEV_PW_DEFAULT, &wpa_s->wps->dev,
wpa_s->wps->uuid, WPS_REQ_ENROLLEE, 0,
NULL);
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
if (wps_ie == NULL) {
wpas_p2p_scan_res_join(wpa_s, NULL);
return;
}
P2P: Provide mechanism for figuring out p2p_scan_ie() buffer need The new function, p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(), can be used to figure out how large a buffer needs to be allocated for p2p_scan_ie() use. This makes it easier to add new data into the buffer without forcing all callers to be updated to use a larger buffer.
2011-04-28 15:14:35 +02:00
ielen = p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(wpa_s->global->p2p);
ies = wpabuf_alloc(wpabuf_len(wps_ie) + ielen);
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
if (ies == NULL) {
wpabuf_free(wps_ie);
wpas_p2p_scan_res_join(wpa_s, NULL);
return;
}
wpabuf_put_buf(ies, wps_ie);
wpabuf_free(wps_ie);
P2P: Allow Device ID to be specified for p2p_find command dev_id=<P2P Device Addr> can now be specified as an argument to p2p_find to request P2P find for a specific P2P device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-08 18:25:29 +01:00
p2p_scan_ie(wpa_s->global->p2p, ies, NULL);
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
P2P: Remove CCK supported rates when running P2P scan This allows drivers to disable CCK rates from Probe Request frames. For nl80211, this is currently applying only to the supported rates element(s), but this mechanism could be extended to address TX rate control masking, too, to lessen need for global rate disabling. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-09-10 21:40:30 +02:00
params.p2p_probe = 1;
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
params.extra_ies = wpabuf_head(ies);
params.extra_ies_len = wpabuf_len(ies);
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
if (freq > 0) {
freqs[0] = freq;
params.freqs = freqs;
}
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
/*
* Run a scan to update BSS table and start Provision Discovery once
* the new scan results become available.
*/
Remove user space client MLME This code was used only with driver_test.c to allow MLME operations in hostapd to be tested without having to use a real radio. There are no plans on extending this to any other use than testing and mac80211_hwsim has now obsoled the need for this type of testing. As such, we can drop this code from wpa_supplicant to clean up the implementation of unnecessary complexity.
2011-10-22 21:45:38 +02:00
ret = wpa_drv_scan(wpa_s, &params);
P2P: Fix p2p_connect join scan handler in error cases wpa_drv_scan() may fail for the initial p2p_connect join scan request, e.g., if the driver happened to be scanning at the time the new operation was initialized. Previously, a special scan result handler was registered regardless of whether the new scan was started. This could result in partial scan results (e.g., from p2p_find social scan) from being used as full results for join (or now more importantly for p2p_connect auto) purposes. Fix this by registering the new scan result handler only if wpa_drv_scan() returns success. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:13:14 +02:00
if (!ret)
wpa_s->scan_res_handler = wpas_p2p_scan_res_join;
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
wpabuf_free(ies);
if (ret) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Failed to start scan for join - "
"try again later");
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_join_scan, wpa_s, NULL);
eloop_register_timeout(1, 0, wpas_p2p_join_scan, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Allow multiple scan runs to find GO for p2p_connect join If the GO is not found, we cannot send Provisioning Discovery Request frame and cannot really connect anyway. Since the Provisioning Discovery is a mandatory part, it is better to continue join-scan until the GO is found instead of moving to the next step where normal connection scan is used (PD would not be used from there). Use a limit of 10 scan attempts for p2p_connect join to avoid getting in infinite loop trying to join. If the GO is not found with those scans, indicate failure (P2P-GROUP-FORMATION-FAILURE) and stop the join attempt.
2010-11-15 15:15:38 +01:00
wpas_p2p_check_join_scan_limit(wpa_s);
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
}
}
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_join_scan(void *eloop_ctx, void *timeout_ctx)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = eloop_ctx;
wpas_p2p_join_scan_req(wpa_s, 0);
}
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
static int wpas_p2p_join(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *iface_addr,
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
const u8 *dev_addr, enum p2p_wps_method wps_method,
int auto_join)
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
{
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Request to join existing group (iface "
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
MACSTR " dev " MACSTR ")%s",
MAC2STR(iface_addr), MAC2STR(dev_addr),
auto_join ? " (auto_join)" : "");
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_auto_pd = 0;
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_auto_join = !!auto_join;
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
os_memcpy(wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr, iface_addr, ETH_ALEN);
os_memcpy(wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr, dev_addr, ETH_ALEN);
wpa_s->pending_join_wps_method = wps_method;
/* Make sure we are not running find during connection establishment */
wpas_p2p_stop_find(wpa_s);
P2P: Allow multiple scan runs to find GO for p2p_connect join If the GO is not found, we cannot send Provisioning Discovery Request frame and cannot really connect anyway. Since the Provisioning Discovery is a mandatory part, it is better to continue join-scan until the GO is found instead of moving to the next step where normal connection scan is used (PD would not be used from there). Use a limit of 10 scan attempts for p2p_connect join to avoid getting in infinite loop trying to join. If the GO is not found with those scans, indicate failure (P2P-GROUP-FORMATION-FAILURE) and stop the join attempt.
2010-11-15 15:15:38 +01:00
wpa_s->p2p_join_scan_count = 0;
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
wpas_p2p_join_scan(wpa_s, NULL);
return 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static int wpas_p2p_join_start(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *group;
struct p2p_go_neg_results res;
P2P: Optimize provisioning step scan for join-a-group sequence Copy the SSID and frequency of the selected group into go_params in join-a-running-group case so that the scan optimization can be used for the provisioning step similarly to the case of group formation. This uses a specific SSID and a single channel scan to avoid unnecessary frames during the step. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-28 23:22:58 +01:00
struct wpa_bss *bss;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Wait for PD-before-join response Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual connection. If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any reason. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 19:52:24 +01:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
group = wpas_p2p_get_group_iface(wpa_s, 0, 0);
if (group == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar), Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-06-27 07:49:41 +02:00
if (group != wpa_s) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_memcpy(group->p2p_pin, wpa_s->p2p_pin,
sizeof(group->p2p_pin));
P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar), Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-06-27 07:49:41 +02:00
group->p2p_wps_method = wpa_s->p2p_wps_method;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
group->p2p_in_provisioning = 1;
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
group->p2p_fallback_to_go_neg = wpa_s->p2p_fallback_to_go_neg;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_memset(&res, 0, sizeof(res));
os_memcpy(res.peer_interface_addr, wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr,
ETH_ALEN);
res.wps_method = wpa_s->pending_join_wps_method;
P2P: Optimize provisioning step scan for join-a-group sequence Copy the SSID and frequency of the selected group into go_params in join-a-running-group case so that the scan optimization can be used for the provisioning step similarly to the case of group formation. This uses a specific SSID and a single channel scan to avoid unnecessary frames during the step. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-28 23:22:58 +01:00
bss = wpa_bss_get_bssid(wpa_s, wpa_s->pending_join_iface_addr);
if (bss) {
res.freq = bss->freq;
res.ssid_len = bss->ssid_len;
os_memcpy(res.ssid, bss->ssid, bss->ssid_len);
}
P2P: Stop remain-on-channel prior to starting join-a-group client This fixes issues with drivers that do not handle concurrent remain-on-channel and scan operations in a case where Provision Discovery Response frame is not received to stop the Action frame handshake. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-29 12:28:17 +01:00
if (wpa_s->off_channel_freq || wpa_s->roc_waiting_drv_freq) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Cancel remain-on-channel prior to "
"starting client");
wpa_drv_cancel_remain_on_channel(wpa_s);
wpa_s->off_channel_freq = 0;
wpa_s->roc_waiting_drv_freq = 0;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_start_wps_enrollee(group, &res);
P2P: Use group formation timeout (but longer one) with join-a-group This allows the pending group interface to be removed if we fail to join a running group. A longer than 15 second timeout is needed here since the GO may not have authorized our connection yet.
2010-09-07 12:21:33 +02:00
/*
* Allow a longer timeout for join-a-running-group than normal 15
* second group formation timeout since the GO may not have authorized
* our connection yet.
*/
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
eloop_register_timeout(60, 0, wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout,
wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return 0;
}
/**
* wpas_p2p_connect - Request P2P Group Formation to be started
* @wpa_s: Pointer to wpa_supplicant data from wpa_supplicant_add_iface()
* @peer_addr: Address of the peer P2P Device
* @pin: PIN to use during provisioning or %NULL to indicate PBC mode
* @persistent_group: Whether to create a persistent group
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
* @auto_join: Whether to select join vs. GO Negotiation automatically
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
* @join: Whether to join an existing group (as a client) instead of starting
* Group Owner negotiation; @peer_addr is BSSID in that case
* @auth: Whether to only authorize the connection instead of doing that and
* initiating Group Owner negotiation
* @go_intent: GO Intent or -1 to use default
* @freq: Frequency for the group or 0 for auto-selection
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
* @persistent_id: Persistent group credentials to use for forcing GO
* parameters or -1 to generate new values (SSID/passphrase)
P2P: Add option for Provision Discovery before GO Negotiation This is a workaround for interoperability issues with some deployed P2P implementations that require a Provision Discovery exchange to be used before GO Negotiation. The new provdisc parameter for the p2p_connect command can be used to request this behavior without having to run a separate p2p_prov_disc command. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 15:25:47 +02:00
* @pd: Whether to send Provision Discovery prior to GO Negotiation as an
* interoperability workaround when initiating group formation
P2P: Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_connect This can be used to start negotiated GO in 40 MHz channel width in 5GHz band. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 22:07:44 +02:00
* @ht40: Start GO with 40 MHz channel width
P2P: Reject multi-channel concurrent operations depending on driver The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not, P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require multi-channel concurrency. The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT: FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE: The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel available). FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED: The request channel is not available for P2P.
2010-10-14 13:24:56 +02:00
* Returns: 0 or new PIN (if pin was %NULL) on success, -1 on unspecified
* failure, -2 on failure due to channel not currently available,
* -3 if forced channel is not supported
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
*/
int wpas_p2p_connect(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *peer_addr,
const char *pin, enum p2p_wps_method wps_method,
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
int persistent_group, int auto_join, int join, int auth,
P2P: Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_connect This can be used to start negotiated GO in 40 MHz channel width in 5GHz band. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 22:07:44 +02:00
int go_intent, int freq, int persistent_id, int pd,
int ht40)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
P2P: Reject multi-channel concurrent operations depending on driver The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not, P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require multi-channel concurrency. The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT: FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE: The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel available). FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED: The request channel is not available for P2P.
2010-10-14 13:24:56 +02:00
int force_freq = 0, oper_freq = 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
int ret = 0;
enum wpa_driver_if_type iftype;
P2P: Simplify code in wpas_p2p_connect() There's some duplicated code there that can be simplified with just a single new variable. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-18 22:32:03 +01:00
const u8 *if_addr;
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
struct wpa_ssid *ssid = NULL;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
if (persistent_id >= 0) {
ssid = wpa_config_get_network(wpa_s->conf, persistent_id);
if (ssid == NULL || ssid->disabled != 2 ||
ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO)
return -1;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (go_intent < 0)
go_intent = wpa_s->conf->p2p_go_intent;
if (!auth)
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen = 0;
P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar), Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-06-27 07:49:41 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_wps_method = wps_method;
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_persistent_group = !!persistent_group;
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_persistent_id = persistent_id;
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_go_intent = go_intent;
wpa_s->p2p_connect_freq = freq;
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_fallback_to_go_neg = 0;
P2P: Add option for Provision Discovery before GO Negotiation This is a workaround for interoperability issues with some deployed P2P implementations that require a Provision Discovery exchange to be used before GO Negotiation. The new provdisc parameter for the p2p_connect command can be used to request this behavior without having to run a separate p2p_prov_disc command. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 15:25:47 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_pd_before_go_neg = !!pd;
P2P: Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_connect This can be used to start negotiated GO in 40 MHz channel width in 5GHz band. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 22:07:44 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_go_ht40 = !!ht40;
P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar), Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-06-27 07:49:41 +02:00
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (pin)
os_strlcpy(wpa_s->p2p_pin, pin, sizeof(wpa_s->p2p_pin));
else if (wps_method == WPS_PIN_DISPLAY) {
ret = wps_generate_pin();
os_snprintf(wpa_s->p2p_pin, sizeof(wpa_s->p2p_pin), "%08d",
ret);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Randomly generated PIN: %s",
wpa_s->p2p_pin);
} else
wpa_s->p2p_pin[0] = '\0';
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
if (join || auto_join) {
P2P: Fix p2p_connect join with interface address Need to fetch P2P Device Address from the peers table in case the p2p_connect join command uses interface address.
2010-07-10 22:07:08 +02:00
u8 iface_addr[ETH_ALEN], dev_addr[ETH_ALEN];
P2P: Add command for pre-authorizing an invitation to an active group This is mainly designed for testing and allows p2p_connect join auth to be used to accept a specific invitation to an active group that may be received in the future.
2010-06-27 09:11:42 +02:00
if (auth) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Authorize invitation to "
"connect a running group from " MACSTR,
MAC2STR(peer_addr));
os_memcpy(wpa_s->p2p_auth_invite, peer_addr, ETH_ALEN);
return ret;
}
P2P: Fix p2p_connect join with interface address Need to fetch P2P Device Address from the peers table in case the p2p_connect join command uses interface address.
2010-07-10 22:07:08 +02:00
os_memcpy(dev_addr, peer_addr, ETH_ALEN);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (p2p_get_interface_addr(wpa_s->global->p2p, peer_addr,
P2P: Fix p2p_connect join with interface address Need to fetch P2P Device Address from the peers table in case the p2p_connect join command uses interface address.
2010-07-10 22:07:08 +02:00
iface_addr) < 0) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_memcpy(iface_addr, peer_addr, ETH_ALEN);
P2P: Fix p2p_connect join with interface address Need to fetch P2P Device Address from the peers table in case the p2p_connect join command uses interface address.
2010-07-10 22:07:08 +02:00
p2p_get_dev_addr(wpa_s->global->p2p, peer_addr,
dev_addr);
}
P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 15:04:36 +02:00
if (auto_join) {
os_get_time(&wpa_s->p2p_auto_started);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Auto join started at "
"%ld.%06ld",
wpa_s->p2p_auto_started.sec,
wpa_s->p2p_auto_started.usec);
}
if (wpas_p2p_join(wpa_s, iface_addr, dev_addr, wps_method,
auto_join) < 0)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return -1;
return ret;
}
P2P: Reject multi-channel concurrent operations depending on driver The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not, P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require multi-channel concurrency. The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT: FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE: The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel available). FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED: The request channel is not available for P2P.
2010-10-14 13:24:56 +02:00
if (wpa_s->current_ssid && wpa_drv_get_bssid(wpa_s, bssid) == 0 &&
wpa_s->assoc_freq)
oper_freq = wpa_s->assoc_freq;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
else {
P2P: Reject multi-channel concurrent operations depending on driver The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not, P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require multi-channel concurrency. The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT: FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE: The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel available). FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED: The request channel is not available for P2P.
2010-10-14 13:24:56 +02:00
oper_freq = wpa_drv_shared_freq(wpa_s);
if (oper_freq < 0)
oper_freq = 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Reject multi-channel concurrent operations depending on driver The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not, P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require multi-channel concurrency. The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT: FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE: The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel available). FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED: The request channel is not available for P2P.
2010-10-14 13:24:56 +02:00
if (freq > 0) {
if (!p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p, freq)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: The forced channel "
"(%u MHz) is not supported for P2P uses",
freq);
return -3;
}
if (oper_freq > 0 && freq != oper_freq &&
!(wpa_s->drv_flags &
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MULTI_CHANNEL_CONCURRENT)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Cannot start P2P group "
"on %u MHz while connected on another "
"channel (%u MHz)", freq, oper_freq);
return -2;
}
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Trying to force us to use the "
"requested channel (%u MHz)", freq);
force_freq = freq;
} else if (oper_freq > 0 &&
!p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p, oper_freq)) {
if (!(wpa_s->drv_flags &
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MULTI_CHANNEL_CONCURRENT)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Cannot start P2P group "
"while connected on non-P2P supported "
"channel (%u MHz)", oper_freq);
return -2;
}
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Current operating channel "
"(%u MHz) not available for P2P - try to use "
"another channel", oper_freq);
force_freq = 0;
} else if (oper_freq > 0) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Trying to force us to use the "
"channel we are already using (%u MHz) on another "
P2P: Reject multi-channel concurrent operations depending on driver The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not, P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require multi-channel concurrency. The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT: FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE: The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel available). FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED: The request channel is not available for P2P.
2010-10-14 13:24:56 +02:00
"interface", oper_freq);
force_freq = oper_freq;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
wpa_s->create_p2p_iface = wpas_p2p_create_iface(wpa_s);
P2P: Simplify code in wpas_p2p_connect() There's some duplicated code there that can be simplified with just a single new variable. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-18 22:32:03 +01:00
if (wpa_s->create_p2p_iface) {
/* Prepare to add a new interface for the group */
iftype = WPA_IF_P2P_GROUP;
if (go_intent == 15)
iftype = WPA_IF_P2P_GO;
if (wpas_p2p_add_group_interface(wpa_s, iftype) < 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to allocate a new "
"interface for the group");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return -1;
P2P: Simplify code in wpas_p2p_connect() There's some duplicated code there that can be simplified with just a single new variable. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-18 22:32:03 +01:00
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Simplify code in wpas_p2p_connect() There's some duplicated code there that can be simplified with just a single new variable. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-18 22:32:03 +01:00
if_addr = wpa_s->pending_interface_addr;
} else
if_addr = wpa_s->own_addr;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (auth) {
if (wpas_p2p_auth_go_neg(wpa_s, peer_addr, wps_method,
P2P: Simplify code in wpas_p2p_connect() There's some duplicated code there that can be simplified with just a single new variable. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-18 22:32:03 +01:00
go_intent, if_addr,
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
force_freq, persistent_group, ssid) <
0)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return -1;
return ret;
}
P2P: Simplify code in wpas_p2p_connect() There's some duplicated code there that can be simplified with just a single new variable. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-18 22:32:03 +01:00
if (wpas_p2p_start_go_neg(wpa_s, peer_addr, wps_method,
go_intent, if_addr, force_freq,
P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation), e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 17:17:10 +02:00
persistent_group, ssid) < 0) {
P2P: Simplify code in wpas_p2p_connect() There's some duplicated code there that can be simplified with just a single new variable. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-18 22:32:03 +01:00
if (wpa_s->create_p2p_iface)
wpas_p2p_remove_pending_group_interface(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return -1;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* wpas_p2p_remain_on_channel_cb - Indication of remain-on-channel start
* @wpa_s: Pointer to wpa_supplicant data from wpa_supplicant_add_iface()
* @freq: Frequency of the channel in MHz
* @duration: Duration of the stay on the channel in milliseconds
*
* This callback is called when the driver indicates that it has started the
* requested remain-on-channel duration.
*/
void wpas_p2p_remain_on_channel_cb(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
unsigned int freq, unsigned int duration)
{
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->off_channel_freq == wpa_s->pending_listen_freq) {
p2p_listen_cb(wpa_s->global->p2p, wpa_s->pending_listen_freq,
wpa_s->pending_listen_duration);
wpa_s->pending_listen_freq = 0;
}
}
static int wpas_p2p_listen_start(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
unsigned int timeout)
{
/* Limit maximum Listen state time based on driver limitation. */
if (timeout > wpa_s->max_remain_on_chan)
timeout = wpa_s->max_remain_on_chan;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return wpa_drv_p2p_listen(wpa_s, timeout);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return p2p_listen(wpa_s->global->p2p, timeout);
}
/**
* wpas_p2p_cancel_remain_on_channel_cb - Remain-on-channel timeout
* @wpa_s: Pointer to wpa_supplicant data from wpa_supplicant_add_iface()
* @freq: Frequency of the channel in MHz
*
* This callback is called when the driver indicates that a remain-on-channel
* operation has been completed, i.e., the duration on the requested channel
* has timed out.
*/
void wpas_p2p_cancel_remain_on_channel_cb(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
unsigned int freq)
{
P2P: Clear pending Action TX frame on p2p_stop_find and p2p_listen This is needed to avoid issues with the previous TX command from stopping long Listen state.
2010-08-03 05:40:54 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Cancel remain-on-channel callback "
P2P: Fix p2p_long_listen There are two issues with p2p_long_listen: 1) max_remain_on_channel is assumed to be 5 seconds, 2) if max_remain_on_channel is not a full multiple of seconds, accounting breaks. Fix these by converting p2p_long_listen to ms and tracking it according to max_remain_on_channel. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-01 17:09:38 +01:00
"(p2p_long_listen=%d ms pending_action_tx=%p)",
P2P: Clear pending Action TX frame on p2p_stop_find and p2p_listen This is needed to avoid issues with the previous TX command from stopping long Listen state.
2010-08-03 05:40:54 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen, wpa_s->pending_action_tx);
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (p2p_listen_end(wpa_s->global->p2p, freq) > 0)
return; /* P2P module started a new operation */
if (wpa_s->pending_action_tx)
return;
if (wpa_s->p2p_long_listen > 0)
P2P: Fix p2p_long_listen There are two issues with p2p_long_listen: 1) max_remain_on_channel is assumed to be 5 seconds, 2) if max_remain_on_channel is not a full multiple of seconds, accounting breaks. Fix these by converting p2p_long_listen to ms and tracking it according to max_remain_on_channel. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-01 17:09:38 +01:00
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen -= wpa_s->max_remain_on_chan;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_long_listen > 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Continuing long Listen state");
P2P: Fix p2p_long_listen There are two issues with p2p_long_listen: 1) max_remain_on_channel is assumed to be 5 seconds, 2) if max_remain_on_channel is not a full multiple of seconds, accounting breaks. Fix these by converting p2p_long_listen to ms and tracking it according to max_remain_on_channel. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-01 17:09:38 +01:00
wpas_p2p_listen_start(wpa_s, wpa_s->p2p_long_listen);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
}
/**
* wpas_p2p_group_remove - Remove a P2P group
* @wpa_s: Pointer to wpa_supplicant data from wpa_supplicant_add_iface()
* @ifname: Network interface name of the group interface or "*" to remove all
* groups
* Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
*
* This function is used to remove a P2P group. This can be used to disconnect
* from a group in which the local end is a P2P Client or to end a P2P Group in
* case the local end is the Group Owner. If a virtual network interface was
* created for this group, that interface will be removed. Otherwise, only the
* configured P2P group network will be removed from the interface.
*/
int wpas_p2p_group_remove(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const char *ifname)
{
struct wpa_global *global = wpa_s->global;
if (os_strcmp(ifname, "*") == 0) {
struct wpa_supplicant *prev;
wpa_s = global->ifaces;
while (wpa_s) {
prev = wpa_s;
wpa_s = wpa_s->next;
P2P: Add wpas_p2p_disconnect() Add a new API function wpas_p2p_disconnect() to disconnect from or dissolve a group. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:30:15 +01:00
wpas_p2p_disconnect(prev);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
return 0;
}
for (wpa_s = global->ifaces; wpa_s; wpa_s = wpa_s->next) {
if (os_strcmp(wpa_s->ifname, ifname) == 0)
break;
}
P2P: Add wpas_p2p_disconnect() Add a new API function wpas_p2p_disconnect() to disconnect from or dissolve a group. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:30:15 +01:00
return wpas_p2p_disconnect(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Reject p2p_group_add if forced frequency is not acceptable If the freq parameter is specified and we are already running legacy STA on a different frequency with a driver that does not support multi-channel concurrency, reject p2p_group_add. Same code already exists in the path of P2P connection with go negotiation but is missing for autonomous GO. Signed-hostap: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
2011-12-27 22:21:45 +01:00
static int wpas_p2p_init_go_params(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct p2p_go_neg_results *params,
P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:53:01 +02:00
int freq, int ht40)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
int res;
os_memset(params, 0, sizeof(*params));
params->role_go = 1;
P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:53:01 +02:00
params->ht40 = ht40;
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
if (freq) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Set GO freq based on forced "
"frequency %d MHz", freq);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
params->freq = freq;
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
} else if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_reg_class == 81 &&
wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel >= 1 &&
wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel <= 11) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
params->freq = 2407 + 5 * wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel;
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Set GO freq based on configured "
"frequency %d MHz", params->freq);
} else if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_reg_class == 115 ||
P2P: Include operating class 124 (channels 149,153,157,161) When using the p2p_oper_reg_class configuration option instead of p2p_group_add freq parameter, the operating class 124 was not processed correctly. Include that class in the list of 5 GHz classes for the p2p_oper_reg_class to resolve this.
2011-05-16 20:07:05 +02:00
wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_reg_class == 124) {
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
params->freq = 5000 + 5 * wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel;
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Set GO freq based on configured "
"frequency %d MHz", params->freq);
} else if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel == 0 &&
wpa_s->best_overall_freq > 0 &&
p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->best_overall_freq)) {
params->freq = wpa_s->best_overall_freq;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Set GO freq based on best overall "
"channel %d MHz", params->freq);
} else if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel == 0 &&
wpa_s->best_24_freq > 0 &&
p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->best_24_freq)) {
params->freq = wpa_s->best_24_freq;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Set GO freq based on best 2.4 GHz "
"channel %d MHz", params->freq);
} else if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel == 0 &&
wpa_s->best_5_freq > 0 &&
p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->best_5_freq)) {
params->freq = wpa_s->best_5_freq;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Set GO freq based on best 5 GHz "
"channel %d MHz", params->freq);
} else {
P2P: Allow channels to be removed from P2P use A list of disallowed frequencies for P2P channel list can now be configured with P2P_SET disallow_freq. The frequencies (or frequency pairs) are comma separated. For example: wpa_cli p2p_set disallow_freq 2462,5000-6000 The allowed P2P channel list is constructed by removing explicitly disallowed channels from the channel list received from the driver. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-17 21:57:13 +01:00
int chan;
for (chan = 0; chan < 11; chan++) {
params->freq = 2412 + chan * 5;
if (!wpas_p2p_disallowed_freq(wpa_s->global,
params->freq))
break;
}
if (chan == 11) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: No 2.4 GHz channel "
"allowed");
return -1;
}
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Set GO freq %d MHz (no preference "
"known)", params->freq);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->current_ssid && wpa_drv_get_bssid(wpa_s, bssid) == 0 &&
wpa_s->assoc_freq && !freq) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Force GO on the channel we are "
"already using");
params->freq = wpa_s->assoc_freq;
}
res = wpa_drv_shared_freq(wpa_s);
if (res > 0 && !freq) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Force GO on the channel we are "
"already using on a shared interface");
params->freq = res;
P2P: Reject p2p_group_add if forced frequency is not acceptable If the freq parameter is specified and we are already running legacy STA on a different frequency with a driver that does not support multi-channel concurrency, reject p2p_group_add. Same code already exists in the path of P2P connection with go negotiation but is missing for autonomous GO. Signed-hostap: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
2011-12-27 22:21:45 +01:00
} else if (res > 0 && freq != res &&
!(wpa_s->drv_flags &
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MULTI_CHANNEL_CONCURRENT)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Cannot start P2P group on %u MHz "
"while connected on another channel (%u MHz)",
freq, res);
return -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Reject p2p_group_add if forced frequency is not acceptable If the freq parameter is specified and we are already running legacy STA on a different frequency with a driver that does not support multi-channel concurrency, reject p2p_group_add. Same code already exists in the path of P2P connection with go negotiation but is missing for autonomous GO. Signed-hostap: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
2011-12-27 22:21:45 +01:00
return 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
static struct wpa_supplicant *
wpas_p2p_get_group_iface(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, int addr_allocated,
int go)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *group_wpa_s;
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
if (!wpas_p2p_create_iface(wpa_s)) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Use same interface for group "
"operations");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return wpa_s;
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpas_p2p_add_group_interface(wpa_s, go ? WPA_IF_P2P_GO :
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT) < 0) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to add group interface");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return NULL;
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
group_wpa_s = wpas_p2p_init_group_interface(wpa_s, go);
if (group_wpa_s == NULL) {
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to initialize group "
"interface");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_p2p_remove_pending_group_interface(wpa_s);
return NULL;
}
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Use separate group interface %s",
group_wpa_s->ifname);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return group_wpa_s;
}
/**
* wpas_p2p_group_add - Add a new P2P group with local end as Group Owner
* @wpa_s: Pointer to wpa_supplicant data from wpa_supplicant_add_iface()
* @persistent_group: Whether to create a persistent group
* @freq: Frequency for the group or 0 to indicate no hardcoding
* Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
*
* This function creates a new P2P group with the local end as the Group Owner,
* i.e., without using Group Owner Negotiation.
*/
int wpas_p2p_group_add(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, int persistent_group,
P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:53:01 +02:00
int freq, int ht40)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct p2p_go_neg_results params;
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
unsigned int r;
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Stop any on-going "p2p_find" on creating an Autonomous GO This patch stops any on-going "p2p_find" on creating an Autonomous GO. This is already taken care in case of invoking a persistent GO. GO as such will be advertising via the beacons for other devices to discover. So normally the GO doesn't need to do a p2p_find until and unless it wants to invite a P2P Client. In case of Invite scenario, logically it is better to do a explicit discover [via user intervention] after the GO is created. This patch will help to reduce battery wastage [due to p2p_find operations] in scenarios where user creates a GO and doesn't initiate a connection.
2011-10-26 00:28:51 +02:00
/* Make sure we are not running find during connection establishment */
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Stop any on-going P2P FIND");
wpas_p2p_stop_find(wpa_s);
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
if (freq == 2) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Request to start GO on 2.4 GHz "
"band");
if (wpa_s->best_24_freq > 0 &&
p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->best_24_freq)) {
freq = wpa_s->best_24_freq;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Use best 2.4 GHz band "
"channel: %d MHz", freq);
} else {
os_get_random((u8 *) &r, sizeof(r));
freq = 2412 + (r % 3) * 25;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Use random 2.4 GHz band "
"channel: %d MHz", freq);
}
}
if (freq == 5) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Request to start GO on 5 GHz "
"band");
if (wpa_s->best_5_freq > 0 &&
p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpa_s->best_5_freq)) {
freq = wpa_s->best_5_freq;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Use best 5 GHz band "
"channel: %d MHz", freq);
} else {
os_get_random((u8 *) &r, sizeof(r));
freq = 5180 + (r % 4) * 20;
if (!p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p, freq)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Could not select "
"5 GHz channel for P2P group");
return -1;
}
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Use random 5 GHz band "
"channel: %d MHz", freq);
}
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Verify that forced channel is suitable for autonomous GO
2010-10-15 17:46:02 +02:00
if (freq > 0 && !p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p, freq)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: The forced channel for GO "
"(%u MHz) is not supported for P2P uses",
freq);
return -1;
}
P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:53:01 +02:00
if (wpas_p2p_init_go_params(wpa_s, &params, freq, ht40))
P2P: Reject p2p_group_add if forced frequency is not acceptable If the freq parameter is specified and we are already running legacy STA on a different frequency with a driver that does not support multi-channel concurrency, reject p2p_group_add. Same code already exists in the path of P2P connection with go negotiation but is missing for autonomous GO. Signed-hostap: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
2011-12-27 22:21:45 +01:00
return -1;
P2P: Validate p2p_oper_channel in p2p_group_add If the p2p_group_add command does not specify the operating channel, make sure the operating channel set in the configuration file meets the P2P requirements in the same way as is done with the frequency specified as the command parameter. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-26 21:06:48 +02:00
if (params.freq &&
!p2p_supported_freq(wpa_s->global->p2p, params.freq)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: The selected channel for GO "
"(%u MHz) is not supported for P2P uses",
params.freq);
return -1;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
p2p_go_params(wpa_s->global->p2p, &params);
params.persistent_group = persistent_group;
wpa_s = wpas_p2p_get_group_iface(wpa_s, 0, 1);
if (wpa_s == NULL)
return -1;
wpas_start_wps_go(wpa_s, &params, 0);
return 0;
}
static int wpas_start_p2p_client(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_ssid *params, int addr_allocated)
{
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
wpa_s = wpas_p2p_get_group_iface(wpa_s, addr_allocated, 0);
if (wpa_s == NULL)
return -1;
wpa_supplicant_ap_deinit(wpa_s);
ssid = wpa_config_add_network(wpa_s->conf);
if (ssid == NULL)
return -1;
wpa_config_set_network_defaults(ssid);
ssid->temporary = 1;
ssid->proto = WPA_PROTO_RSN;
ssid->pairwise_cipher = WPA_CIPHER_CCMP;
ssid->group_cipher = WPA_CIPHER_CCMP;
ssid->key_mgmt = WPA_KEY_MGMT_PSK;
ssid->ssid = os_malloc(params->ssid_len);
if (ssid->ssid == NULL) {
wpa_config_remove_network(wpa_s->conf, ssid->id);
return -1;
}
os_memcpy(ssid->ssid, params->ssid, params->ssid_len);
ssid->ssid_len = params->ssid_len;
ssid->p2p_group = 1;
DBus: Publish provisioned keys in network properties When the network was provisioned, we need to get the keys to be able to reconnect without new provisioning. To be able to publish those keys but not normally configured ones, add a new attribute to struct wpa_ssid indicating whether or not keys may be exported. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:00:12 +01:00
ssid->export_keys = 1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (params->psk_set) {
os_memcpy(ssid->psk, params->psk, 32);
ssid->psk_set = 1;
}
if (params->passphrase)
ssid->passphrase = os_strdup(params->passphrase);
wpa_supplicant_select_network(wpa_s, ssid);
wpa_s->show_group_started = 1;
return 0;
}
int wpas_p2p_group_add_persistent(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_ssid *ssid, int addr_allocated,
P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:53:01 +02:00
int freq, int ht40)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct p2p_go_neg_results params;
P2P: Do not start multiple copies of same persistent group When running p2p_group_add persistent=<id>, verify whether the requested group is already running and if so, do not try to start another copy of it.
2010-11-19 11:57:36 +01:00
int go = 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (ssid->disabled != 2 || ssid->ssid == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Do not start multiple copies of same persistent group When running p2p_group_add persistent=<id>, verify whether the requested group is already running and if so, do not try to start another copy of it.
2010-11-19 11:57:36 +01:00
if (wpas_get_p2p_group(wpa_s, ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len, &go) &&
go == (ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Requested persistent group is "
"already running");
return 0;
}
P2P: Stop p2p_find/p2p_listen when Invitation is accepted When an Invitation to reinvoke a persistent group is accepted, we need to make sure that any pending p2p_find or p2p_listen operation gets stopped to avoid consuming all radio resources doing device discovery while the group is being set up.
2010-11-19 11:58:03 +01:00
/* Make sure we are not running find during connection establishment */
wpas_p2p_stop_find(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_fallback_to_go_neg = 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA)
return wpas_start_p2p_client(wpa_s, ssid, addr_allocated);
if (ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO)
return -1;
P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 21:53:01 +02:00
if (wpas_p2p_init_go_params(wpa_s, &params, freq, ht40))
P2P: Reject p2p_group_add if forced frequency is not acceptable If the freq parameter is specified and we are already running legacy STA on a different frequency with a driver that does not support multi-channel concurrency, reject p2p_group_add. Same code already exists in the path of P2P connection with go negotiation but is missing for autonomous GO. Signed-hostap: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
2011-12-27 22:21:45 +01:00
return -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
params.role_go = 1;
if (ssid->passphrase == NULL ||
os_strlen(ssid->passphrase) >= sizeof(params.passphrase)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Invalid passphrase in persistent "
"group");
return -1;
}
os_strlcpy(params.passphrase, ssid->passphrase,
sizeof(params.passphrase));
os_memcpy(params.ssid, ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len);
params.ssid_len = ssid->ssid_len;
params.persistent_group = 1;
wpa_s = wpas_p2p_get_group_iface(wpa_s, addr_allocated, 1);
if (wpa_s == NULL)
return -1;
wpas_start_wps_go(wpa_s, &params, 0);
return 0;
}
static void wpas_p2p_ie_update(void *ctx, struct wpabuf *beacon_ies,
struct wpabuf *proberesp_ies)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
if (wpa_s->ap_iface) {
struct hostapd_data *hapd = wpa_s->ap_iface->bss[0];
Do not add P2P IE into Beacon/Probe Response if P2P is disabled P2P IE was incorrectly added in wpa_supplicant AP mode even if P2P function was not actually enabled. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-14 15:26:45 +01:00
if (!(hapd->conf->p2p & P2P_GROUP_OWNER)) {
wpabuf_free(beacon_ies);
wpabuf_free(proberesp_ies);
return;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (beacon_ies) {
wpabuf_free(hapd->p2p_beacon_ie);
hapd->p2p_beacon_ie = beacon_ies;
}
wpabuf_free(hapd->p2p_probe_resp_ie);
hapd->p2p_probe_resp_ie = proberesp_ies;
} else {
wpabuf_free(beacon_ies);
wpabuf_free(proberesp_ies);
}
wpa_supplicant_ap_update_beacon(wpa_s);
}
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_idle_update(void *ctx, int idle)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
if (!wpa_s->ap_iface)
return;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: GO - group %sidle", idle ? "" : "not ");
if (idle)
wpas_p2p_set_group_idle_timeout(wpa_s);
else
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
struct p2p_group * wpas_p2p_group_init(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
P2P: Store SSID of the group in p2p_group data This can be used with P2P management operations that need to verify whether the local device is operating a specific group based on P2P Group ID attribute from a peer. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:33:14 +02:00
struct wpa_ssid *ssid)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
struct p2p_group *group;
struct p2p_group_config *cfg;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return NULL;
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return NULL;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
cfg = os_zalloc(sizeof(*cfg));
if (cfg == NULL)
return NULL;
P2P: Store SSID of the group in p2p_group data This can be used with P2P management operations that need to verify whether the local device is operating a specific group based on P2P Group ID attribute from a peer. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:33:14 +02:00
if (ssid->p2p_persistent_group && wpa_s->conf->persistent_reconnect)
P2P: Advertise Persistent Reconnect group capability The persistent_reconnect configuration parameter was used to decide whether to accept invitation to re-establish a persistent group. However, this was not being advertised in the Group Capability bitmap. Add the Persistent Reconnect bit based on this configuration to GO Negotiation frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames from the GO.
2011-10-24 16:29:37 +02:00
cfg->persistent_group = 2;
P2P: Store SSID of the group in p2p_group data This can be used with P2P management operations that need to verify whether the local device is operating a specific group based on P2P Group ID attribute from a peer. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:33:14 +02:00
else if (ssid->p2p_persistent_group)
P2P: Advertise Persistent Reconnect group capability The persistent_reconnect configuration parameter was used to decide whether to accept invitation to re-establish a persistent group. However, this was not being advertised in the Group Capability bitmap. Add the Persistent Reconnect bit based on this configuration to GO Negotiation frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames from the GO.
2011-10-24 16:29:37 +02:00
cfg->persistent_group = 1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
os_memcpy(cfg->interface_addr, wpa_s->own_addr, ETH_ALEN);
P2P: Track non-P2P members in the group and set Group Limit bit The P2P group component is now tracking of associated stations in the group and the Group Limit bit in the Group Capabilities is updated based on whether there is room for new clients in the group.
2010-10-19 17:10:28 +02:00
if (wpa_s->max_stations &&
wpa_s->max_stations < wpa_s->conf->max_num_sta)
cfg->max_clients = wpa_s->max_stations;
else
cfg->max_clients = wpa_s->conf->max_num_sta;
P2P: Store SSID of the group in p2p_group data This can be used with P2P management operations that need to verify whether the local device is operating a specific group based on P2P Group ID attribute from a peer. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:33:14 +02:00
os_memcpy(cfg->ssid, ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len);
cfg->ssid_len = ssid->ssid_len;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
cfg->cb_ctx = wpa_s;
cfg->ie_update = wpas_p2p_ie_update;
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
cfg->idle_update = wpas_p2p_idle_update;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
group = p2p_group_init(wpa_s->global->p2p, cfg);
if (group == NULL)
os_free(cfg);
P2P: Store SSID of the group in p2p_group data This can be used with P2P management operations that need to verify whether the local device is operating a specific group based on P2P Group ID attribute from a peer. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:33:14 +02:00
if (ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_P2P_GROUP_FORMATION)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
p2p_group_notif_formation_done(group);
wpa_s->p2p_group = group;
return group;
}
void wpas_p2p_wps_success(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *peer_addr,
int registrar)
{
P2P: Fix provisioning info clearing after successful WPS step Previously, this provisioning info was cleared using the P2P Interface Address of the GO as the key. That did not always work in the case the where we joined an already running group. This could result in the next connection to that same GO skipping provision discovery. Fix this by finding the peer entry based on its P2P Device Address instead of the P2P Interface Address which may not always be set. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-01 21:06:03 +01:00
struct wpa_ssid *ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (!wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Ignore WPS success event - P2P "
"provisioning not in progress");
return;
}
P2P: Fix provisioning info clearing after successful WPS step Previously, this provisioning info was cleared using the P2P Interface Address of the GO as the key. That did not always work in the case the where we joined an already running group. This could result in the next connection to that same GO skipping provision discovery. Fix this by finding the peer entry based on its P2P Device Address instead of the P2P Interface Address which may not always be set. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-01 21:06:03 +01:00
if (ssid && ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA) {
u8 go_dev_addr[ETH_ALEN];
os_memcpy(go_dev_addr, wpa_s->bssid, ETH_ALEN);
wpas_p2p_persistent_group(wpa_s, go_dev_addr, ssid->ssid,
ssid->ssid_len);
/* Clear any stored provisioning info */
p2p_clear_provisioning_info(wpa_s->global->p2p, go_dev_addr);
}
P2P: Skip duplicated provision discovery on join If p2p_prov_disc join command is used prior to p2p_connect join, skip the duplicated provision discovery exchange. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:44:57 +01:00
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout, wpa_s->parent,
NULL);
P2P: Extend use of group formation timeout until end of 4-way handshake Instead of relying on the P2P group idle timeout before the group connection has been fully established, re-start the group formation timeout in the end of the WPS provisioning step and clear it at the successful completion of the initial 4-way handshake. This allows the P2P group idle timeout to be set to a small value without triggering it during the initial scan and connection attempt. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 16:01:15 +02:00
if (ssid && ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA) {
/*
* Use a separate timeout for initial data connection to
* complete to allow the group to be removed automatically if
* something goes wrong in this step before the P2P group idle
* timeout mechanism is taken into use.
*/
eloop_register_timeout(P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT, 0,
wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout,
P2P: Fix P2P Group Formation timeout registration (use parent iface) Commit 361cdf34009c7407ddf22dee6f5e6ce82e81bcae extended the use of group formation timeout for the way handshake, but the registration was done on the group_interface while the cancellation was done on the parent interface. Fix the registration to set the eloop timeout on parent to address potential issues when using a separate group interface. Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
2012-06-04 20:58:34 +02:00
wpa_s->parent, NULL);
P2P: Extend use of group formation timeout until end of 4-way handshake Instead of relying on the P2P group idle timeout before the group connection has been fully established, re-start the group formation timeout in the end of the WPS provisioning step and clear it at the successful completion of the initial 4-way handshake. This allows the P2P group idle timeout to be set to a small value without triggering it during the initial scan and connection attempt. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 16:01:15 +02:00
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p)
p2p_wps_success_cb(wpa_s->global->p2p, peer_addr);
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
else if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
wpa_drv_wps_success_cb(wpa_s, peer_addr);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_group_formation_completed(wpa_s, 1);
}
P2P: Add WpsFailed signal in P2P D-Bus Signal is triggered if an error occurs during WPS provisioning phase. Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-25 10:47:04 +02:00
void wpas_p2p_wps_failed(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wps_event_fail *fail)
{
if (!wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Ignore WPS fail event - P2P "
"provisioning not in progress");
return;
}
P2P: Skip duplicated provision discovery on join If p2p_prov_disc join command is used prior to p2p_connect join, skip the duplicated provision discovery exchange. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:44:57 +01:00
if (wpa_s->go_params) {
p2p_clear_provisioning_info(
wpa_s->global->p2p,
P2P: Fix provisioning info clearing after successful WPS step Previously, this provisioning info was cleared using the P2P Interface Address of the GO as the key. That did not always work in the case the where we joined an already running group. This could result in the next connection to that same GO skipping provision discovery. Fix this by finding the peer entry based on its P2P Device Address instead of the P2P Interface Address which may not always be set. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-01 21:06:03 +01:00
wpa_s->go_params->peer_device_addr);
P2P: Skip duplicated provision discovery on join If p2p_prov_disc join command is used prior to p2p_connect join, skip the duplicated provision discovery exchange. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:44:57 +01:00
}
P2P: Add WpsFailed signal in P2P D-Bus Signal is triggered if an error occurs during WPS provisioning phase. Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-25 10:47:04 +02:00
wpas_notify_p2p_wps_failed(wpa_s, fail);
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
int wpas_p2p_prov_disc(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *peer_addr,
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
const char *config_method,
enum wpas_p2p_prov_disc_use use)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
u16 config_methods;
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_fallback_to_go_neg = 0;
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
wpa_s->pending_pd_use = NORMAL_PD;
P2P: Add optional "join" argument for p2p_prov_disc command This can be used to request Provision Discovery Request to be sent for the purpose of joining a running group, e.g., to request the GO to display a PIN that we can then use with p2p_connect join command. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:28:02 +01:00
if (os_strncmp(config_method, "display", 7) == 0)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
config_methods = WPS_CONFIG_DISPLAY;
P2P: Add optional "join" argument for p2p_prov_disc command This can be used to request Provision Discovery Request to be sent for the purpose of joining a running group, e.g., to request the GO to display a PIN that we can then use with p2p_connect join command. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:28:02 +01:00
else if (os_strncmp(config_method, "keypad", 6) == 0)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
config_methods = WPS_CONFIG_KEYPAD;
P2P: Add optional "join" argument for p2p_prov_disc command This can be used to request Provision Discovery Request to be sent for the purpose of joining a running group, e.g., to request the GO to display a PIN that we can then use with p2p_connect join command. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:28:02 +01:00
else if (os_strncmp(config_method, "pbc", 3) == 0 ||
os_strncmp(config_method, "pushbutton", 10) == 0)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
config_methods = WPS_CONFIG_PUSHBUTTON;
P2P: Add optional "join" argument for p2p_prov_disc command This can be used to request Provision Discovery Request to be sent for the purpose of joining a running group, e.g., to request the GO to display a PIN that we can then use with p2p_connect join command. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:28:02 +01:00
else {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Unknown config method");
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return -1;
P2P: Add optional "join" argument for p2p_prov_disc command This can be used to request Provision Discovery Request to be sent for the purpose of joining a running group, e.g., to request the GO to display a PIN that we can then use with p2p_connect join command. Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 20:28:02 +01:00
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
if (use == WPAS_P2P_PD_AUTO) {
os_memcpy(wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr, peer_addr, ETH_ALEN);
wpa_s->pending_pd_config_methods = config_methods;
wpa_s->p2p_auto_pd = 1;
wpa_s->p2p_auto_join = 0;
wpa_s->pending_pd_before_join = 0;
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
wpa_s->auto_pd_scan_retry = 0;
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
wpas_p2p_stop_find(wpa_s);
wpa_s->p2p_join_scan_count = 0;
P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO (if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as GO. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 14:46:05 +02:00
os_get_time(&wpa_s->p2p_auto_started);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Auto PD started at %ld.%06ld",
wpa_s->p2p_auto_started.sec,
wpa_s->p2p_auto_started.usec);
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
wpas_p2p_join_scan(wpa_s, NULL);
return 0;
}
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT) {
return wpa_drv_p2p_prov_disc_req(wpa_s, peer_addr,
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
config_methods,
use == WPAS_P2P_PD_FOR_JOIN);
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
}
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL || wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return -1;
return p2p_prov_disc_req(wpa_s->global->p2p, peer_addr,
P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 16:13:03 +02:00
config_methods, use == WPAS_P2P_PD_FOR_JOIN,
0);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
int wpas_p2p_scan_result_text(const u8 *ies, size_t ies_len, char *buf,
char *end)
{
return p2p_scan_result_text(ies, ies_len, buf, end);
}
P2P: Clear pending Action TX frame on p2p_stop_find and p2p_listen This is needed to avoid issues with the previous TX command from stopping long Listen state.
2010-08-03 05:40:54 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_clear_pending_action_tx(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (!wpa_s->pending_action_tx)
return;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Drop pending Action TX due to new "
"operation request");
wpabuf_free(wpa_s->pending_action_tx);
wpa_s->pending_action_tx = NULL;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
int wpas_p2p_find(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, unsigned int timeout,
P2P: Add option for requested device type in P2P search/scan With this, p2p_find can be extended to find certain requested device types. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 11:57:46 +01:00
enum p2p_discovery_type type,
P2P: Allow Device ID to be specified for p2p_find command dev_id=<P2P Device Addr> can now be specified as an argument to p2p_find to request P2P find for a specific P2P device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-08 18:25:29 +01:00
unsigned int num_req_dev_types, const u8 *req_dev_types,
P2P: Add option for adding extra delay to p2p_find A new optional delay=<search delay in milliseconds> parameter can now be used with p2p_find command to request an extra delay between search iterations. This can be used, e.g., to make p2p_find friendlier to concurrent operations by avoiding it from taking 100% of the radio resources. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 17:20:58 +02:00
const u8 *dev_id, unsigned int search_delay)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
P2P: Clear pending Action TX frame on p2p_stop_find and p2p_listen This is needed to avoid issues with the previous TX command from stopping long Listen state.
2010-08-03 05:40:54 +02:00
wpas_p2p_clear_pending_action_tx(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen = 0;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return wpa_drv_p2p_find(wpa_s, timeout, type);
P2P: Reject p2p_find when in provisioning A p2p_find during provisioning shall not allow the enrollee to pick the network, hence disable p2p_find during provisioning. Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-25 13:05:49 +02:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL ||
wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning)
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
return -1;
Stop sched_scan in number of cases where it should not be running When a P2P group is removed, we better not leave possibly started sched_scan running. This could happen when a separate group interface was not used. In addition, it looks safer to explicitly stop sched_scan before starting P2P Listen or Find operations to make sure the offloaded scanning is not running when doing similar P2P operations. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 17:26:09 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_cancel_sched_scan(wpa_s);
P2P: Add option for requested device type in P2P search/scan With this, p2p_find can be extended to find certain requested device types. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 11:57:46 +01:00
return p2p_find(wpa_s->global->p2p, timeout, type,
P2P: Add option for adding extra delay to p2p_find A new optional delay=<search delay in milliseconds> parameter can now be used with p2p_find command to request an extra delay between search iterations. This can be used, e.g., to make p2p_find friendlier to concurrent operations by avoiding it from taking 100% of the radio resources. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 17:20:58 +02:00
num_req_dev_types, req_dev_types, dev_id,
search_delay);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
void wpas_p2p_stop_find(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
P2P: Clear pending Action TX frame on p2p_stop_find and p2p_listen This is needed to avoid issues with the previous TX command from stopping long Listen state.
2010-08-03 05:40:54 +02:00
wpas_p2p_clear_pending_action_tx(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen = 0;
P2P: Stop p2p_find/p2p_listen when Invitation is accepted When an Invitation to reinvoke a persistent group is accepted, we need to make sure that any pending p2p_find or p2p_listen operation gets stopped to avoid consuming all radio resources doing device discovery while the group is being set up.
2010-11-19 11:58:03 +01:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_long_listen_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-06-27 01:20:57 +02:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_join_scan, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Move p2p_cb_on_scan_complete to global context Since we have a global P2P module, the flag to trigger scan completion events to it needs to be in similar context. The previous design maintained this separately for each virtual interface and if P2P module did not run its scan operation on the virtual interface that completed the scan, P2P module would not be allowed to restart operations properly. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 02:58:22 +02:00
wpa_s->global->p2p_cb_on_scan_complete = 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT) {
wpa_drv_p2p_stop_find(wpa_s);
return;
}
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p)
p2p_stop_find(wpa_s->global->p2p);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_p2p_remove_pending_group_interface(wpa_s);
}
static void wpas_p2p_long_listen_timeout(void *eloop_ctx, void *timeout_ctx)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = eloop_ctx;
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen = 0;
}
int wpas_p2p_listen(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, unsigned int timeout)
{
int res;
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
Stop sched_scan in number of cases where it should not be running When a P2P group is removed, we better not leave possibly started sched_scan running. This could happen when a separate group interface was not used. In addition, it looks safer to explicitly stop sched_scan before starting P2P Listen or Find operations to make sure the offloaded scanning is not running when doing similar P2P operations. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 17:26:09 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_cancel_sched_scan(wpa_s);
P2P: Clear pending Action TX frame on p2p_stop_find and p2p_listen This is needed to avoid issues with the previous TX command from stopping long Listen state.
2010-08-03 05:40:54 +02:00
wpas_p2p_clear_pending_action_tx(wpa_s);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (timeout == 0) {
/*
* This is a request for unlimited Listen state. However, at
* least for now, this is mapped to a Listen state for one
* hour.
*/
timeout = 3600;
}
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_long_listen_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen = 0;
P2P: Cancel previous operation before starting new p2p_listen Some drivers do not handle concurrent remain-on-channel operation requests, so run p2p_stop_find() prior to starting p2p_listen. This addresses some issues with P2P_LISTEN command being issues again while already in Listen state. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-17 15:21:11 +01:00
/*
* Stop previous find/listen operation to avoid trying to request a new
* remain-on-channel operation while the driver is still running the
* previous one.
*/
if (wpa_s->global->p2p)
p2p_stop_find(wpa_s->global->p2p);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
res = wpas_p2p_listen_start(wpa_s, timeout * 1000);
if (res == 0 && timeout * 1000 > wpa_s->max_remain_on_chan) {
P2P: Fix p2p_long_listen There are two issues with p2p_long_listen: 1) max_remain_on_channel is assumed to be 5 seconds, 2) if max_remain_on_channel is not a full multiple of seconds, accounting breaks. Fix these by converting p2p_long_listen to ms and tracking it according to max_remain_on_channel. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-01 17:09:38 +01:00
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen = timeout * 1000;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
eloop_register_timeout(timeout, 0,
wpas_p2p_long_listen_timeout,
wpa_s, NULL);
}
return res;
}
P2P: Include P2P IE in (Re)AssocReq to infra AP if it uses P2P IE While this is not strictly speaking required by the P2P specification for a not-P2P Managed Device, this can provide useful information for the P2P manager AP and may be needed to pass certification tests.
2010-07-07 06:37:20 +02:00
int wpas_p2p_assoc_req_ie(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, struct wpa_bss *bss,
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
u8 *buf, size_t len, int p2p_group)
{
P2P: Include P2P IE in (Re)AssocReq to infra AP if it uses P2P IE While this is not strictly speaking required by the P2P specification for a not-P2P Managed Device, this can provide useful information for the P2P manager AP and may be needed to pass certification tests.
2010-07-07 06:37:20 +02:00
struct wpabuf *p2p_ie;
int ret;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled)
return -1;
if (wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Fix P2P IE generation for AssocReq when BSS info is not available This code could segfault on NULL pointer dereference at least when ap_scan=2 is used.
2010-07-30 01:09:38 +02:00
if (bss == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Include P2P IE in (Re)AssocReq to infra AP if it uses P2P IE While this is not strictly speaking required by the P2P specification for a not-P2P Managed Device, this can provide useful information for the P2P manager AP and may be needed to pass certification tests.
2010-07-07 06:37:20 +02:00
p2p_ie = wpa_bss_get_vendor_ie_multi(bss, P2P_IE_VENDOR_TYPE);
ret = p2p_assoc_req_ie(wpa_s->global->p2p, bss->bssid, buf, len,
p2p_group, p2p_ie);
wpabuf_free(p2p_ie);
return ret;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
int wpas_p2p_probe_req_rx(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *addr,
P2P: Filter Probe Request frames based on DA and BSSID in Listen state Only accept Probe Request frames that have a Wildcard BSSID and a destination address that matches with our P2P Device Address or is the broadcast address per P2P specification 3.1.2.1.1.
2011-07-15 19:25:53 +02:00
const u8 *dst, const u8 *bssid,
Pass signal strength through, fix units The signal strength is currently never used as the only driver reporting it is nl80211 which uses IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DB_ANTSIGNAL which is never populated by the kernel. The kernel will (soon) populate IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL instead though, so use that. Also, since it was never really populated, we can redefine the signal field to be in dBm units only. My next patch will also require knowing the signal strength of probe requests throughout the code (where available), so add it to the necessary APIs. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 17:48:12 +02:00
const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, int ssi_signal)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled)
return 0;
if (wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return 0;
DBus: Add ability to report probe requests Some applications require knowing about probe requests to identify devices. This can be the case in AP mode to see the devices before they connect, or even in P2P mode when operating as a P2P device to identify non-P2P peers (P2P peers are identified via PeerFound signals). As there are typically a lot of probe requests, require that an interested application subscribes to this signal so the bus isn't always flooded with these notifications. The notifications in DBus are then unicast only to that application. A small test script is also included. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 20:13:38 +02:00
switch (p2p_probe_req_rx(wpa_s->global->p2p, addr, dst, bssid,
ie, ie_len)) {
case P2P_PREQ_NOT_P2P:
wpas_notify_preq(wpa_s, addr, dst, bssid, ie, ie_len,
ssi_signal);
/* fall through */
case P2P_PREQ_MALFORMED:
case P2P_PREQ_NOT_LISTEN:
case P2P_PREQ_NOT_PROCESSED:
default: /* make gcc happy */
return 0;
case P2P_PREQ_PROCESSED:
return 1;
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
void wpas_p2p_rx_action(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *da,
const u8 *sa, const u8 *bssid,
u8 category, const u8 *data, size_t len, int freq)
{
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled)
return;
if (wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return;
p2p_rx_action(wpa_s->global->p2p, da, sa, bssid, category, data, len,
freq);
}
void wpas_p2p_scan_ie(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, struct wpabuf *ies)
{
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled)
return;
if (wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return;
P2P: Allow Device ID to be specified for p2p_find command dev_id=<P2P Device Addr> can now be specified as an argument to p2p_find to request P2P find for a specific P2P device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-08 18:25:29 +01:00
p2p_scan_ie(wpa_s->global->p2p, ies, NULL);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
void wpas_p2p_group_deinit(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
p2p_group_deinit(wpa_s->p2p_group);
wpa_s->p2p_group = NULL;
P2P: Cleanup AP callbacks when removing the group Clear the P2P GO callback parameters when removing the group to avoid using these for non-P2P AP mode. This is a fix for the bug I found in the following scenario: A) p2p_group_add A) p2p_group_remove wlan0 A) add_n A) set_n 0 ssid "testap" A) set_n 0 key_mgmt NONE A) set_n 0 mode 2 A) set_n 0 frequency 2412 A) enable_n 0 B) try connect to testap Authentication request will be always rejected because of HOSTAPD_ACL_REJECT and not cleaned callbacks when group removed.
2011-10-12 20:06:39 +02:00
wpa_s->ap_configured_cb = NULL;
wpa_s->ap_configured_cb_ctx = NULL;
wpa_s->ap_configured_cb_data = NULL;
wpa_s->connect_without_scan = NULL;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
int wpas_p2p_reject(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *addr)
{
wpa_s->p2p_long_listen = 0;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return wpa_drv_p2p_reject(wpa_s, addr);
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return p2p_reject(wpa_s->global->p2p, addr);
}
/* Invite to reinvoke a persistent group */
int wpas_p2p_invite(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *peer_addr,
P2P: Allow p2p_invite-persistent to specify channel for GO The freq and ht40 parameters can now be used with the p2p_invite command when reinvoking a persistent group as the GO. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 20:20:51 +02:00
struct wpa_ssid *ssid, const u8 *go_dev_addr, int freq,
int ht40)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
enum p2p_invite_role role;
u8 *bssid = NULL;
P2P: Allow p2p_invite-persistent to specify channel for GO The freq and ht40 parameters can now be used with the p2p_invite command when reinvoking a persistent group as the GO. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 20:20:51 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_persistent_go_freq = freq;
wpa_s->p2p_go_ht40 = !!ht40;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO) {
role = P2P_INVITE_ROLE_GO;
if (peer_addr == NULL) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Missing peer "
"address in invitation command");
return -1;
}
if (wpas_p2p_create_iface(wpa_s)) {
if (wpas_p2p_add_group_interface(wpa_s,
WPA_IF_P2P_GO) < 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to "
"allocate a new interface for the "
"group");
return -1;
}
bssid = wpa_s->pending_interface_addr;
} else
bssid = wpa_s->own_addr;
} else {
role = P2P_INVITE_ROLE_CLIENT;
peer_addr = ssid->bssid;
}
wpa_s->pending_invite_ssid_id = ssid->id;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return wpa_drv_p2p_invite(wpa_s, peer_addr, role, bssid,
ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len,
go_dev_addr, 1);
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return p2p_invite(wpa_s->global->p2p, peer_addr, role, bssid,
P2P: Allow p2p_invite-persistent to specify channel for GO The freq and ht40 parameters can now be used with the p2p_invite command when reinvoking a persistent group as the GO. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 20:20:51 +02:00
ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len, freq, go_dev_addr, 1);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
/* Invite to join an active group */
int wpas_p2p_invite_group(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const char *ifname,
const u8 *peer_addr, const u8 *go_dev_addr)
{
struct wpa_global *global = wpa_s->global;
enum p2p_invite_role role;
u8 *bssid = NULL;
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
P2P: Set Invitation Type to 1 for GO inviting to a persistent group When a GO is operating a persistent group and invites a peer that has been a P2P client in that persistent group, the Invitation Type in the Invitation Request frame can be set to 1 to indicate that this is a reinvocation of a persistent group. Do this based on the maintained list of P2P clients that have been provided the credentials to this group. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-06 20:54:36 +01:00
int persistent;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Allow p2p_invite-persistent to specify channel for GO The freq and ht40 parameters can now be used with the p2p_invite command when reinvoking a persistent group as the GO. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 20:20:51 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_persistent_go_freq = 0;
wpa_s->p2p_go_ht40 = 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
for (wpa_s = global->ifaces; wpa_s; wpa_s = wpa_s->next) {
if (os_strcmp(wpa_s->ifname, ifname) == 0)
break;
}
if (wpa_s == NULL) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Interface '%s' not found", ifname);
return -1;
}
ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
if (ssid == NULL) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: No current SSID to use for "
"invitation");
return -1;
}
P2P: Set Invitation Type to 1 for GO inviting to a persistent group When a GO is operating a persistent group and invites a peer that has been a P2P client in that persistent group, the Invitation Type in the Invitation Request frame can be set to 1 to indicate that this is a reinvocation of a persistent group. Do this based on the maintained list of P2P clients that have been provided the credentials to this group. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-06 20:54:36 +01:00
persistent = ssid->p2p_persistent_group &&
wpas_p2p_get_persistent(wpa_s->parent, peer_addr,
ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO) {
role = P2P_INVITE_ROLE_ACTIVE_GO;
bssid = wpa_s->own_addr;
if (go_dev_addr == NULL)
P2P: Use global->p2p_dev_addr instead of parent->own_addr Start using global->p2p_dev_addr more consistently as the P2P Device Address. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-25 22:58:03 +01:00
go_dev_addr = wpa_s->global->p2p_dev_addr;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
} else {
role = P2P_INVITE_ROLE_CLIENT;
if (wpa_s->wpa_state < WPA_ASSOCIATED) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Not associated - cannot "
"invite to current group");
return -1;
}
bssid = wpa_s->bssid;
if (go_dev_addr == NULL &&
!is_zero_ether_addr(wpa_s->go_dev_addr))
go_dev_addr = wpa_s->go_dev_addr;
}
P2P: Fix invitation-to-running-group handling The pending_invite_ssid_id of -1 (running group, not persistent) was being stored incorrectly in the group interface, not device interface (i.e., parent of the group interface) and consequently, the incorrect information was used when processing the Invitation Response. If there was a persistent group credentials stored with network id 0, those were used instead to try to set up a persistent group instead of using the already running group.
2010-11-16 14:22:06 +01:00
wpa_s->parent->pending_invite_ssid_id = -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return wpa_drv_p2p_invite(wpa_s, peer_addr, role, bssid,
ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len,
P2P: Set Invitation Type to 1 for GO inviting to a persistent group When a GO is operating a persistent group and invites a peer that has been a P2P client in that persistent group, the Invitation Type in the Invitation Request frame can be set to 1 to indicate that this is a reinvocation of a persistent group. Do this based on the maintained list of P2P clients that have been provided the credentials to this group. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-06 20:54:36 +01:00
go_dev_addr, persistent);
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return p2p_invite(wpa_s->global->p2p, peer_addr, role, bssid,
P2P: Fix invitation to active group to use correct operating channel Invitation Request must use the current operating frequency of the group, not the default operating channel.
2010-07-07 05:07:46 +02:00
ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len, wpa_s->assoc_freq,
P2P: Set Invitation Type to 1 for GO inviting to a persistent group When a GO is operating a persistent group and invites a peer that has been a P2P client in that persistent group, the Invitation Type in the Invitation Request frame can be set to 1 to indicate that this is a reinvocation of a persistent group. Do this based on the maintained list of P2P clients that have been provided the credentials to this group. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-06 20:54:36 +01:00
go_dev_addr, persistent);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
void wpas_p2p_completed(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
struct wpa_ssid *ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
const char *ssid_txt;
u8 go_dev_addr[ETH_ALEN];
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
int network_id = -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
int persistent;
P2P: Fix frequency in the P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED event P2P Client did not show correct frequency in the control interface event P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED. Fix that by using the frequency from the BSS table or association event.
2011-10-28 21:26:30 +02:00
int freq;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Fix group formation timeout on GO during WPS step Commit 361cdf34009c7407ddf22dee6f5e6ce82e81bcae changed the way the group formation timeout is used on P2P client. However, it resulted in clearing the timeout on the GO when the GO started beaconing. This is not correct since the timeout is supposed to be maintained until at least the completion of the WPS provisioning step. Fix this regression by clearing the timeout here only in the case we are not GO in group formation phase. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-08 17:22:03 +02:00
if (ssid == NULL || ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_P2P_GROUP_FORMATION) {
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout,
wpa_s->parent, NULL);
}
P2P: Extend use of group formation timeout until end of 4-way handshake Instead of relying on the P2P group idle timeout before the group connection has been fully established, re-start the group formation timeout in the end of the WPS provisioning step and clear it at the successful completion of the initial 4-way handshake. This allows the P2P group idle timeout to be set to a small value without triggering it during the initial scan and connection attempt. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 16:01:15 +02:00
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (!wpa_s->show_group_started || !ssid)
P2P: Allow scan operations during p2p_find Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition, allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on, connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:42:53 +02:00
goto done;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->show_group_started = 0;
ssid_txt = wpa_ssid_txt(ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len);
os_memset(go_dev_addr, 0, ETH_ALEN);
if (ssid->bssid_set)
os_memcpy(go_dev_addr, ssid->bssid, ETH_ALEN);
persistent = wpas_p2p_persistent_group(wpa_s, go_dev_addr, ssid->ssid,
ssid->ssid_len);
os_memcpy(wpa_s->go_dev_addr, go_dev_addr, ETH_ALEN);
P2P: Allow p2p_cancel to cancel P2P client that has not yet connected This can now be used to cancel a P2P client interface that has not yet completed the first 4-way handshake with a GO.
2010-11-04 10:59:44 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation == wpa_s)
wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation = NULL;
P2P: Fix frequency in the P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED event P2P Client did not show correct frequency in the control interface event P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED. Fix that by using the frequency from the BSS table or association event.
2011-10-28 21:26:30 +02:00
freq = wpa_s->current_bss ? wpa_s->current_bss->freq :
(int) wpa_s->assoc_freq;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (ssid->passphrase == NULL && ssid->psk_set) {
char psk[65];
wpa_snprintf_hex(psk, sizeof(psk), ssid->psk, 32);
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED
P2P: Add frequency into group started ctrl_interface events
2010-09-06 15:57:19 +02:00
"%s client ssid=\"%s\" freq=%d psk=%s go_dev_addr="
MACSTR "%s",
P2P: Fix frequency in the P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED event P2P Client did not show correct frequency in the control interface event P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED. Fix that by using the frequency from the BSS table or association event.
2011-10-28 21:26:30 +02:00
wpa_s->ifname, ssid_txt, freq, psk,
P2P: Add frequency into group started ctrl_interface events
2010-09-06 15:57:19 +02:00
MAC2STR(go_dev_addr),
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
persistent ? " [PERSISTENT]" : "");
} else {
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO, P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED
P2P: Add frequency into group started ctrl_interface events
2010-09-06 15:57:19 +02:00
"%s client ssid=\"%s\" freq=%d passphrase=\"%s\" "
"go_dev_addr=" MACSTR "%s",
P2P: Fix frequency in the P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED event P2P Client did not show correct frequency in the control interface event P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED. Fix that by using the frequency from the BSS table or association event.
2011-10-28 21:26:30 +02:00
wpa_s->ifname, ssid_txt, freq,
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
ssid->passphrase ? ssid->passphrase : "",
MAC2STR(go_dev_addr),
persistent ? " [PERSISTENT]" : "");
}
if (persistent)
P2P: Add group started notification Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 23:35:37 +02:00
network_id = wpas_p2p_store_persistent_group(wpa_s->parent,
ssid, go_dev_addr);
if (network_id < 0)
network_id = ssid->id;
wpas_notify_p2p_group_started(wpa_s, ssid, network_id, 1);
P2P: Allow scan operations during p2p_find Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition, allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on, connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:42:53 +02:00
done:
P2P: Move p2p_cb_on_scan_complete to global context Since we have a global P2P module, the flag to trigger scan completion events to it needs to be in similar context. The previous design maintained this separately for each virtual interface and if P2P module did not run its scan operation on the virtual interface that completed the scan, P2P module would not be allowed to restart operations properly. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 02:58:22 +02:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_cb_on_scan_complete && !wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled &&
P2P: Allow scan operations during p2p_find Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition, allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on, connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:42:53 +02:00
wpa_s->global->p2p != NULL) {
P2P: Move p2p_cb_on_scan_complete to global context Since we have a global P2P module, the flag to trigger scan completion events to it needs to be in similar context. The previous design maintained this separately for each virtual interface and if P2P module did not run its scan operation on the virtual interface that completed the scan, P2P module would not be allowed to restart operations properly. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 02:58:22 +02:00
wpa_s->global->p2p_cb_on_scan_complete = 0;
P2P: Allow scan operations during p2p_find Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition, allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on, connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:42:53 +02:00
if (p2p_other_scan_completed(wpa_s->global->p2p) == 1) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Pending P2P operation "
"continued after successful connection");
p2p_increase_search_delay(
wpa_s->global->p2p,
wpas_p2p_search_delay(wpa_s));
}
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
int wpas_p2p_presence_req(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, u32 duration1,
u32 interval1, u32 duration2, u32 interval2)
{
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return -1;
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state < WPA_ASSOCIATED ||
wpa_s->current_ssid == NULL ||
wpa_s->current_ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_INFRA)
return -1;
return p2p_presence_req(wpa_s->global->p2p, wpa_s->bssid,
wpa_s->own_addr, wpa_s->assoc_freq,
duration1, interval1, duration2, interval2);
}
int wpas_p2p_ext_listen(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, unsigned int period,
unsigned int interval)
{
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return -1;
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return p2p_ext_listen(wpa_s->global->p2p, period, interval);
}
P2P: Use hardcoded idle timeout of 10 seconds in P2P client role The p2p_group_idle configuration parameter is much more useful for GO role, so use a separate hardcoded value of 10 seconds in P2P client role. In practice, this means that the P2P client role will automatically tear down the group when the GO tears down the group. The 10 second timeout is enough to recover from temporary disconnections without unnecessary tearing down the group if the GO is still present and allows the client to connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:21:22 +01:00
static int wpas_p2p_is_client(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
return wpa_s->current_ssid != NULL &&
wpa_s->current_ssid->p2p_group &&
wpa_s->current_ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA;
}
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout(void *eloop_ctx, void *timeout_ctx)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = eloop_ctx;
P2P: Use hardcoded idle timeout of 10 seconds in P2P client role The p2p_group_idle configuration parameter is much more useful for GO role, so use a separate hardcoded value of 10 seconds in P2P client role. In practice, this means that the P2P client role will automatically tear down the group when the GO tears down the group. The 10 second timeout is enough to recover from temporary disconnections without unnecessary tearing down the group if the GO is still present and allows the client to connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:21:22 +01:00
if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_group_idle == 0 && !wpas_p2p_is_client(wpa_s)) {
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Ignore group idle timeout - "
"disabled");
return;
}
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Group idle timeout reached - terminate "
"group");
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
wpas_p2p_group_delete(wpa_s, P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT);
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
}
static void wpas_p2p_set_group_idle_timeout(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
P2P: Allow immediate group idle timeout configuration A special value p2p_group_idle=-1 can now be used to configure the P2P group idle mechanism to terminate a P2P client group immediately on any disconnection after the completion of the initial 4-way handshake. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 16:03:27 +02:00
int timeout;
P2P: Use hardcoded idle timeout of 10 seconds in P2P client role The p2p_group_idle configuration parameter is much more useful for GO role, so use a separate hardcoded value of 10 seconds in P2P client role. In practice, this means that the P2P client role will automatically tear down the group when the GO tears down the group. The 10 second timeout is enough to recover from temporary disconnections without unnecessary tearing down the group if the GO is still present and allows the client to connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:21:22 +01:00
P2P: Add more debug on group idle timeout This makes it easier to debug issues with P2P group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-19 17:16:34 +01:00
if (eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout, wpa_s, NULL) > 0)
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Cancelled P2P group idle timeout");
P2P: Use hardcoded idle timeout of 10 seconds in P2P client role The p2p_group_idle configuration parameter is much more useful for GO role, so use a separate hardcoded value of 10 seconds in P2P client role. In practice, this means that the P2P client role will automatically tear down the group when the GO tears down the group. The 10 second timeout is enough to recover from temporary disconnections without unnecessary tearing down the group if the GO is still present and allows the client to connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:21:22 +01:00
if (wpa_s->current_ssid == NULL || !wpa_s->current_ssid->p2p_group)
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
return;
P2P: Use hardcoded idle timeout of 10 seconds in P2P client role The p2p_group_idle configuration parameter is much more useful for GO role, so use a separate hardcoded value of 10 seconds in P2P client role. In practice, this means that the P2P client role will automatically tear down the group when the GO tears down the group. The 10 second timeout is enough to recover from temporary disconnections without unnecessary tearing down the group if the GO is still present and allows the client to connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:21:22 +01:00
timeout = wpa_s->conf->p2p_group_idle;
if (wpa_s->current_ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA &&
(timeout == 0 || timeout > P2P_MAX_CLIENT_IDLE))
timeout = P2P_MAX_CLIENT_IDLE;
if (timeout == 0)
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
return;
P2P: Allow immediate group idle timeout configuration A special value p2p_group_idle=-1 can now be used to configure the P2P group idle mechanism to terminate a P2P client group immediately on any disconnection after the completion of the initial 4-way handshake. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 16:03:27 +02:00
if (timeout < 0) {
if (wpa_s->current_ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA)
timeout = 0; /* special client mode no-timeout */
else
return;
}
P2P: Do not use group idle timeout during provisioning Use the normal group formation timeout during the provisioning phase to avoid terminating this process too early due to group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-27 17:04:06 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning) {
/*
* Use the normal group formation timeout during the
* provisioning phase to avoid terminating this process too
* early due to group idle timeout.
*/
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Do not use P2P group idle timeout "
"during provisioning");
return;
}
P2P: Extend use of group formation timeout until end of 4-way handshake Instead of relying on the P2P group idle timeout before the group connection has been fully established, re-start the group formation timeout in the end of the WPS provisioning step and clear it at the successful completion of the initial 4-way handshake. This allows the P2P group idle timeout to be set to a small value without triggering it during the initial scan and connection attempt. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 16:01:15 +02:00
if (wpa_s->show_group_started) {
/*
* Use the normal group formation timeout between the end of
* the provisioning phase and completion of 4-way handshake to
* avoid terminating this process too early due to group idle
* timeout.
*/
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Do not use P2P group idle timeout "
"while waiting for initial 4-way handshake to "
"complete");
return;
}
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Set P2P group idle timeout to %u seconds",
P2P: Use hardcoded idle timeout of 10 seconds in P2P client role The p2p_group_idle configuration parameter is much more useful for GO role, so use a separate hardcoded value of 10 seconds in P2P client role. In practice, this means that the P2P client role will automatically tear down the group when the GO tears down the group. The 10 second timeout is enough to recover from temporary disconnections without unnecessary tearing down the group if the GO is still present and allows the client to connect. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:21:22 +01:00
timeout);
eloop_register_timeout(timeout, 0, wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout,
wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
}
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
/* Returns 1 if the interface was removed */
int wpas_p2p_deauth_notif(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *bssid,
u16 reason_code, const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
int locally_generated)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
return 0;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
return 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Remove client group on Deauthentication reason code 3 The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 15:43:06 +02:00
if (!locally_generated)
p2p_deauth_notif(wpa_s->global->p2p, bssid, reason_code, ie,
ie_len);
if (reason_code == WLAN_REASON_DEAUTH_LEAVING && !locally_generated &&
wpa_s->current_ssid &&
wpa_s->current_ssid->p2p_group &&
wpa_s->current_ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: GO indicated that the P2P Group "
"session is ending");
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
if (wpas_p2p_group_delete(wpa_s,
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_GO_ENDING_SESSION)
> 0)
return 1;
P2P: Remove client group on Deauthentication reason code 3 The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 15:43:06 +02:00
}
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
return 0;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
void wpas_p2p_disassoc_notif(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *bssid,
P2P: Remove client group on Deauthentication reason code 3 The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 15:43:06 +02:00
u16 reason_code, const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
int locally_generated)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
{
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
return;
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Remove client group on Deauthentication reason code 3 The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 15:43:06 +02:00
if (!locally_generated)
p2p_disassoc_notif(wpa_s->global->p2p, bssid, reason_code, ie,
ie_len);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
void wpas_p2p_update_config(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
struct p2p_data *p2p = wpa_s->global->p2p;
if (p2p == NULL)
return;
P2P: Do not process configuration changes on non-P2P interfaces
2010-09-07 16:08:52 +02:00
if (!(wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CAPABLE))
return;
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_DEVICE_NAME)
p2p_set_dev_name(p2p, wpa_s->conf->device_name);
WPS: Store (secondary) device type as binary Instead of converting back and forth from the string representation, always use the binary representation internally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 17:50:22 +01:00
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_DEVICE_TYPE)
p2p_set_pri_dev_type(p2p, wpa_s->conf->device_type);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Add more WPS attributes into Listen state Probe Response Configure more WPS attributes in the P2P module and use them when generating WSC IE for Probe Response frames in Listen state.
2011-03-28 14:24:12 +02:00
if (wpa_s->wps &&
(wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_CONFIG_METHODS))
p2p_set_config_methods(p2p, wpa_s->wps->config_methods);
if (wpa_s->wps && (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_UUID))
p2p_set_uuid(p2p, wpa_s->wps->uuid);
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_WPS_STRING) {
p2p_set_manufacturer(p2p, wpa_s->conf->manufacturer);
p2p_set_model_name(p2p, wpa_s->conf->model_name);
p2p_set_model_number(p2p, wpa_s->conf->model_number);
p2p_set_serial_number(p2p, wpa_s->conf->serial_number);
}
WPS: Store (secondary) device type as binary Instead of converting back and forth from the string representation, always use the binary representation internally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 17:50:22 +01:00
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_SEC_DEVICE_TYPE)
p2p_set_sec_dev_types(p2p,
(void *) wpa_s->conf->sec_device_type,
wpa_s->conf->num_sec_device_types);
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
P2P: Allow adding of WPS vendor extension attributes This adds the ability to add WPS vendor extension attributes in P2P frames, like GO Negotiation and Probe Response frames. Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 10:57:10 +01:00
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_VENDOR_EXTENSION) {
int i;
p2p_remove_wps_vendor_extensions(p2p);
for (i = 0; i < MAX_WPS_VENDOR_EXT; i++) {
if (wpa_s->conf->wps_vendor_ext[i] == NULL)
continue;
p2p_add_wps_vendor_extension(
p2p, wpa_s->conf->wps_vendor_ext[i]);
}
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if ((wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_COUNTRY) &&
wpa_s->conf->country[0] && wpa_s->conf->country[1]) {
char country[3];
country[0] = wpa_s->conf->country[0];
country[1] = wpa_s->conf->country[1];
country[2] = 0x04;
p2p_set_country(p2p, country);
}
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_P2P_SSID_POSTFIX) {
p2p_set_ssid_postfix(p2p, (u8 *) wpa_s->conf->p2p_ssid_postfix,
wpa_s->conf->p2p_ssid_postfix ?
os_strlen(wpa_s->conf->p2p_ssid_postfix) :
0);
}
P2P: Add option for disabling intra BSS distribution p2p_intra_bss configuration parameter can now be used to disable/enable intra BSS distribution (bridging of frames between the clients in a group).
2010-09-08 20:18:10 +02:00
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_P2P_INTRA_BSS)
p2p_set_intra_bss_dist(p2p, wpa_s->conf->p2p_intra_bss);
P2P: Update listen and operating channel from P2P D-Bus Some P2PDevice properties were not updated in p2p->cfg structure: reg_class, channel, op_reg_class, and op_channel. Hence, update p2p->cfg parameters through p2p core calls in wpas_p2p_update_config(). Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-25 11:08:43 +02:00
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_P2P_LISTEN_CHANNEL) {
u8 reg_class, channel;
int ret;
unsigned int r;
if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_listen_reg_class &&
wpa_s->conf->p2p_listen_channel) {
reg_class = wpa_s->conf->p2p_listen_reg_class;
channel = wpa_s->conf->p2p_listen_channel;
} else {
reg_class = 81;
/*
* Pick one of the social channels randomly as the
* listen channel.
*/
os_get_random((u8 *) &r, sizeof(r));
channel = 1 + (r % 3) * 5;
}
ret = p2p_set_listen_channel(p2p, reg_class, channel);
if (ret)
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Own listen channel update "
"failed: %d", ret);
}
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_P2P_OPER_CHANNEL) {
u8 op_reg_class, op_channel, cfg_op_channel;
int ret = 0;
unsigned int r;
if (wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_reg_class &&
wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel) {
op_reg_class = wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_reg_class;
op_channel = wpa_s->conf->p2p_oper_channel;
cfg_op_channel = 1;
} else {
op_reg_class = 81;
/*
* Use random operation channel from (1, 6, 11)
*if no other preference is indicated.
*/
os_get_random((u8 *) &r, sizeof(r));
op_channel = 1 + (r % 3) * 5;
cfg_op_channel = 0;
}
ret = p2p_set_oper_channel(p2p, op_reg_class, op_channel,
cfg_op_channel);
if (ret)
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Own oper channel update "
"failed: %d", ret);
}
P2P: Add support for preferred channel list p2p_pref_chan configuration parameter can now be used to set the list of preferred channel for P2P GO Negotiation. This will be used in the priority order if the peer does not support the channel we are trying to use as the GO (configured operating channel or the best 2.4 GHz/5 GHz channel) for the case where a forced channel is not used. p2p_pref_chan=<op class:channel>,... For example: p2p_pref_chan=81:1,81:2,81:3,81:4,81:5,81:6 This would configure 2.4 GHz channels 1-6 as the preferred ones with channel 1 the most preferred option. These configuration parameters can be set in wpa_supplicant.conf and dynamically updated with "wpa_cli set <param> <value>". Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-29 20:28:34 +02:00
if (wpa_s->conf->changed_parameters & CFG_CHANGED_P2P_PREF_CHAN) {
if (p2p_set_pref_chan(p2p, wpa_s->conf->num_p2p_pref_chan,
wpa_s->conf->p2p_pref_chan) < 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Preferred channel list "
"update failed");
}
}
P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
P2P: Disable periodic NoA when non-P2P STA is connected For now, this applies to the test command that can be used to set periodic NoA (p2p_set noa). The value are stored and periodic NoA is enabled whenever there are no non-P2P STAs connected to the GO.
2010-07-09 02:14:24 +02:00
int wpas_p2p_set_noa(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, u8 count, int start,
int duration)
{
if (!wpa_s->ap_iface)
return -1;
return hostapd_p2p_set_noa(wpa_s->ap_iface->bss[0], count, start,
duration);
}
P2P: Add support for cross connection If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device interface.
2010-07-10 19:19:34 +02:00
int wpas_p2p_set_cross_connect(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, int enabled)
{
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
P2P: Add support for cross connection If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device interface.
2010-07-10 19:19:34 +02:00
return -1;
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT)
return -1;
wpa_s->global->cross_connection = enabled;
p2p_set_cross_connect(wpa_s->global->p2p, enabled);
if (!enabled) {
struct wpa_supplicant *iface;
for (iface = wpa_s->global->ifaces; iface; iface = iface->next)
{
if (iface->cross_connect_enabled == 0)
continue;
iface->cross_connect_enabled = 0;
iface->cross_connect_in_use = 0;
wpa_msg(iface->parent, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_CROSS_CONNECT_DISABLE "%s %s",
iface->ifname, iface->cross_connect_uplink);
}
}
return 0;
}
static void wpas_p2p_enable_cross_connect(struct wpa_supplicant *uplink)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *iface;
if (!uplink->global->cross_connection)
return;
for (iface = uplink->global->ifaces; iface; iface = iface->next) {
if (!iface->cross_connect_enabled)
continue;
if (os_strcmp(uplink->ifname, iface->cross_connect_uplink) !=
0)
continue;
if (iface->ap_iface == NULL)
continue;
if (iface->cross_connect_in_use)
continue;
iface->cross_connect_in_use = 1;
wpa_msg(iface->parent, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_CROSS_CONNECT_ENABLE "%s %s",
iface->ifname, iface->cross_connect_uplink);
}
}
static void wpas_p2p_disable_cross_connect(struct wpa_supplicant *uplink)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *iface;
for (iface = uplink->global->ifaces; iface; iface = iface->next) {
if (!iface->cross_connect_enabled)
continue;
if (os_strcmp(uplink->ifname, iface->cross_connect_uplink) !=
0)
continue;
if (!iface->cross_connect_in_use)
continue;
wpa_msg(iface->parent, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_CROSS_CONNECT_DISABLE "%s %s",
iface->ifname, iface->cross_connect_uplink);
iface->cross_connect_in_use = 0;
}
}
void wpas_p2p_notif_connected(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (wpa_s->ap_iface || wpa_s->current_ssid == NULL ||
wpa_s->current_ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_INFRA ||
wpa_s->cross_connect_disallowed)
wpas_p2p_disable_cross_connect(wpa_s);
else
wpas_p2p_enable_cross_connect(wpa_s);
P2P: Add more debug on group idle timeout This makes it easier to debug issues with P2P group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-19 17:16:34 +01:00
if (!wpa_s->ap_iface &&
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout, wpa_s, NULL) > 0)
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Cancelled P2P group idle timeout");
P2P: Add support for cross connection If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device interface.
2010-07-10 19:19:34 +02:00
}
void wpas_p2p_notif_disconnected(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
wpas_p2p_disable_cross_connect(wpa_s);
P2P: Fix disconnect event not to increase idle timeout When P2P client is processing a disconnection event, make sure the P2P idle timeout does not get increased, i.e., set a new timeout only if no timeout is in use. wpa_state changes between DISCONNECTED and SCANNING can generate multiple calls to wpas_p2p_notif_disconnect() and previously this was enough to force the idle timeout never hit in practice when in P2P client role. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:18:42 +01:00
if (!wpa_s->ap_iface &&
!eloop_is_timeout_registered(wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout,
wpa_s, NULL))
P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set, this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client) interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the configuration duration. The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group removal when known. For example: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 17:24:15 +02:00
wpas_p2p_set_group_idle_timeout(wpa_s);
P2P: Add support for cross connection If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device interface.
2010-07-10 19:19:34 +02:00
}
static void wpas_p2p_cross_connect_setup(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *iface;
if (!wpa_s->global->cross_connection)
return;
for (iface = wpa_s->global->ifaces; iface; iface = iface->next) {
if (iface == wpa_s)
continue;
if (iface->drv_flags &
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE)
continue;
if (iface->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CAPABLE)
continue;
wpa_s->cross_connect_enabled = 1;
os_strlcpy(wpa_s->cross_connect_uplink, iface->ifname,
sizeof(wpa_s->cross_connect_uplink));
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Enable cross connection from "
"%s to %s whenever uplink is available",
wpa_s->ifname, wpa_s->cross_connect_uplink);
if (iface->ap_iface || iface->current_ssid == NULL ||
iface->current_ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_INFRA ||
iface->cross_connect_disallowed ||
iface->wpa_state != WPA_COMPLETED)
break;
wpa_s->cross_connect_in_use = 1;
wpa_msg(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO,
P2P_EVENT_CROSS_CONNECT_ENABLE "%s %s",
wpa_s->ifname, wpa_s->cross_connect_uplink);
break;
}
}
P2P: Stop connection attempt on PBC session overlap The overlap condition cannot disappear before group formation timeout hits, so there is no point in continuing in this case and failure can be indicated immediately.
2010-09-07 12:42:55 +02:00
int wpas_p2p_notif_pbc_overlap(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (wpa_s->p2p_group_interface != P2P_GROUP_INTERFACE_CLIENT &&
!wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning)
return 0; /* not P2P client operation */
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Terminate connection due to WPS PBC "
"session overlap");
P2P: Send WPS-OVERLAP-DETECTED also to the parent interface When running "p2p_connect addr pbc join" command, send the WPS-OVERLAP-DETECTED even also to the parent interface (i.e., the one on which the p2p_connect was issued) and not only the group interface in case separate P2P group interfaces are used.
2010-11-12 10:30:58 +01:00
if (wpa_s != wpa_s->parent)
wpa_msg_ctrl(wpa_s->parent, MSG_INFO, WPS_EVENT_OVERLAP);
P2P: Cancel group formation on PBC overlap We should cancel group formation completely on PBC overlap instead of just partially notifying that operations were stopped. There is no point in waiting for the group formation timeout in this case.
2010-12-17 14:04:14 +01:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p)
p2p_group_formation_failed(wpa_s->global->p2p);
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout,
wpa_s->parent, NULL);
P2P: Stop connection attempt on PBC session overlap The overlap condition cannot disappear before group formation timeout hits, so there is no point in continuing in this case and failure can be indicated immediately.
2010-09-07 12:42:55 +02:00
wpas_group_formation_completed(wpa_s, 0);
return 1;
}
P2P: Add mechanism for updating P2P channel list based on driver events This allows P2P channel list to be updated whenever the driver changes its list of allowed channels, e.g., based on country code from scan results.
2010-10-15 17:55:22 +02:00
void wpas_p2p_update_channel_list(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
struct p2p_channels chan;
if (wpa_s->global == NULL || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return;
os_memset(&chan, 0, sizeof(chan));
if (wpas_p2p_setup_channels(wpa_s, &chan)) {
wpa_printf(MSG_ERROR, "P2P: Failed to update supported "
"channel list");
return;
}
p2p_update_channel_list(wpa_s->global->p2p, &chan);
}
P2P: Add p2p_cancel command for cancelling ongoing group formation
2010-10-19 14:53:28 +02:00
int wpas_p2p_cancel(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
struct wpa_global *global = wpa_s->global;
int found = 0;
P2P: Unauthorize pending P2P GO Neg peer on p2p_cancel If there is a pending GO Negotiation when p2p_cancel is used, unauthorize the peer to avoid immediate reconnection from being accepted without a new p2p_connect command.
2010-12-17 14:05:35 +01:00
const u8 *peer;
P2P: Add p2p_cancel command for cancelling ongoing group formation
2010-10-19 14:53:28 +02:00
P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized. However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute P2P commands.
2011-02-24 20:13:30 +01:00
if (global->p2p == NULL)
return -1;
P2P: Add p2p_cancel command for cancelling ongoing group formation
2010-10-19 14:53:28 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Request to cancel group formation");
if (wpa_s->pending_interface_name[0] &&
!is_zero_ether_addr(wpa_s->pending_interface_addr))
found = 1;
P2P: Unauthorize pending P2P GO Neg peer on p2p_cancel If there is a pending GO Negotiation when p2p_cancel is used, unauthorize the peer to avoid immediate reconnection from being accepted without a new p2p_connect command.
2010-12-17 14:05:35 +01:00
peer = p2p_get_go_neg_peer(global->p2p);
if (peer) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Unauthorize pending GO Neg peer "
MACSTR, MAC2STR(peer));
p2p_unauthorize(global->p2p, peer);
P2P: Fix p2p_cancel to return success if GO Negotiation is stopped If a GO Negotiation peer is found, wpas_p2p_stop_find() stops the negotiation and p2p_cancel can return success. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-01 00:16:06 +01:00
found = 1;
P2P: Unauthorize pending P2P GO Neg peer on p2p_cancel If there is a pending GO Negotiation when p2p_cancel is used, unauthorize the peer to avoid immediate reconnection from being accepted without a new p2p_connect command.
2010-12-17 14:05:35 +01:00
}
P2P: Add p2p_cancel command for cancelling ongoing group formation
2010-10-19 14:53:28 +02:00
wpas_p2p_stop_find(wpa_s);
for (wpa_s = global->ifaces; wpa_s; wpa_s = wpa_s->next) {
if (wpa_s == global->p2p_group_formation &&
P2P: Allow p2p_cancel to cancel P2P client that has not yet connected This can now be used to cancel a P2P client interface that has not yet completed the first 4-way handshake with a GO.
2010-11-04 10:59:44 +01:00
(wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning ||
wpa_s->parent->pending_interface_type ==
WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT)) {
P2P: Add p2p_cancel command for cancelling ongoing group formation
2010-10-19 14:53:28 +02:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Interface %s in group "
"formation found - cancelling",
wpa_s->ifname);
found = 1;
P2P: Cancel group formation timeout on p2p_cancel
2010-12-17 14:06:48 +01:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout,
wpa_s->parent, NULL);
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
wpas_p2p_group_delete(wpa_s,
P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_REQUESTED);
P2P: Add p2p_cancel command for cancelling ongoing group formation
2010-10-19 14:53:28 +02:00
break;
}
}
if (!found) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: No ongoing group formation found");
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
P2P: Remove P2P group on driver resource becoming unavailable Add a new driver event, EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE, for indicating that the driver is not able to continue operating the virtual interface in its current mode anymore, e.g., due to operating channel for GO interface forced to a DFS channel by another virtual interface. When this happens for a P2P group interface, the P2P group will be terminated and P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event shows the reason for this as follows: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=UNAVAILABLE
2010-10-25 18:16:11 +02:00
void wpas_p2p_interface_unavailable(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (wpa_s->current_ssid == NULL || !wpa_s->current_ssid->p2p_group)
return;
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Remove group due to driver resource not "
"being available anymore");
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
wpas_p2p_group_delete(wpa_s, P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_UNAVAILABLE);
P2P: Remove P2P group on driver resource becoming unavailable Add a new driver event, EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE, for indicating that the driver is not able to continue operating the virtual interface in its current mode anymore, e.g., due to operating channel for GO interface forced to a DFS channel by another virtual interface. When this happens for a P2P group interface, the P2P group will be terminated and P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event shows the reason for this as follows: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=UNAVAILABLE
2010-10-25 18:16:11 +02:00
}
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
void wpas_p2p_update_best_channels(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
int freq_24, int freq_5, int freq_overall)
{
struct p2p_data *p2p = wpa_s->global->p2p;
if (p2p == NULL || (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT))
return;
p2p_set_best_channels(p2p, freq_24, freq_5, freq_overall);
}
P2P: Add p2p_unauthorize command This can be used to remove authorization from a previous p2p_connect commands that has not yet resulted in completed GO Negotiation.
2010-11-25 12:09:50 +01:00
int wpas_p2p_unauthorize(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const char *addr)
{
u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
struct p2p_data *p2p = wpa_s->global->p2p;
if (p2p == NULL || (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT))
return -1;
if (hwaddr_aton(addr, peer))
return -1;
return p2p_unauthorize(p2p, peer);
}
P2P: Add wpas_p2p_disconnect() Add a new API function wpas_p2p_disconnect() to disconnect from or dissolve a group. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:30:15 +01:00
/**
* wpas_p2p_disconnect - Disconnect from a P2P Group
* @wpa_s: Pointer to wpa_supplicant data
* Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
*
* This can be used to disconnect from a group in which the local end is a P2P
* Client or to end a P2P Group in case the local end is the Group Owner. If a
* virtual network interface was created for this group, that interface will be
* removed. Otherwise, only the configured P2P group network will be removed
* from the interface.
*/
int wpas_p2p_disconnect(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (wpa_s == NULL)
return -1;
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
return wpas_p2p_group_delete(wpa_s, P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_REQUESTED) < 0 ?
-1 : 0;
P2P: Add wpas_p2p_disconnect() Add a new API function wpas_p2p_disconnect() to disconnect from or dissolve a group. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:30:15 +01:00
}
P2P: Do not request station mode scans during P2P operations The P2P search mechanism depends on the same scan functionality that is used for station mode scans. If these operations are being used at the same time, scan result processing is not handled properly. Avoid unexpected behavior by delaying station mode scan requests if a P2P operation is in progress. Among other things, this allows the station mode connection attempt to be continued after a P2P find or group formation has been completed if the interface is available (i.e., when the P2P group uses a separate virtual interface).
2011-09-29 15:53:55 +02:00
int wpas_p2p_in_progress(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled || wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL)
return 0;
return p2p_in_progress(wpa_s->global->p2p);
}
P2P: Clean up group formation on network block removal If a P2P group network block is removed for any reason (e.g., wps_cancel command) while the interface is in group formation, remove the group formation timeout and indicate failure immediately. Previously, this type of operations could end up leaving the timeout running and result in somewhat unexpected group formation failure events later. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-10 11:56:42 +01:00
void wpas_p2p_network_removed(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_ssid *ssid)
{
if (wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning && ssid->p2p_group &&
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout,
wpa_s->parent, NULL) > 0) {
P2P: Fix crash for failure case when WSC PIN is entered incorrectly When forming a P2P group using WSC PIN method, if the PIN is entered incorrectly the P2P client supplicant instance will crash as a result of cleanup happening on data that is still in use in a case where a separate P2P group interface is used. For example, here is the path for the first crash: eap_wsc_process(): - creates struct wpabuf tmpbuf; on the stack - sets data->in_buf = &tmpbuf; - calls wps_process_msg() - which calls wps_process_wsc_msg() - which, in case WPS_M4: calls wps_fail_event() - which calls wps->event_cb() - wps->event_cb = wpa_supplicant_wps_event() - wpa_supplicant_wps_event() - wpa_supplicant_wps_event_fail() - which calls wpas_clear_wps() - which calls wpas_notify_network_removed() - which calls wpas_p2p_network_removed() - which calls wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout() - which calls wpas_group_formation_completed() - which calls wpas_p2p_group_delete() - which calls wpa_supplicant_remove_iface() - which calls wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface() - which calls wpa_supplicant_cleanup() - which calls eapol_sm_deinit() - ... which eventually uses the ptr data->in_buf to free tmpbuf, our stack variable and then the supplicant crashes If you fix this crash, you'll hit another. Fix it and then a segfault. The way we're cleaning up and deleting data from under ourselves here just isn't safe, so make the teardown portion of this async. Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com> Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-06 17:22:03 +02:00
/**
* Remove the network by scheduling the group formation
* timeout to happen immediately. The teardown code
* needs to be scheduled to run asynch later so that we
* don't delete data from under ourselves unexpectedly.
* Calling wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout directly
* causes a series of crashes in WPS failure scenarios.
*/
P2P: Clean up group formation on network block removal If a P2P group network block is removed for any reason (e.g., wps_cancel command) while the interface is in group formation, remove the group formation timeout and indicate failure immediately. Previously, this type of operations could end up leaving the timeout running and result in somewhat unexpected group formation failure events later. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-10 11:56:42 +01:00
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Canceled group formation due to "
"P2P group network getting removed");
P2P: Fix crash for failure case when WSC PIN is entered incorrectly When forming a P2P group using WSC PIN method, if the PIN is entered incorrectly the P2P client supplicant instance will crash as a result of cleanup happening on data that is still in use in a case where a separate P2P group interface is used. For example, here is the path for the first crash: eap_wsc_process(): - creates struct wpabuf tmpbuf; on the stack - sets data->in_buf = &tmpbuf; - calls wps_process_msg() - which calls wps_process_wsc_msg() - which, in case WPS_M4: calls wps_fail_event() - which calls wps->event_cb() - wps->event_cb = wpa_supplicant_wps_event() - wpa_supplicant_wps_event() - wpa_supplicant_wps_event_fail() - which calls wpas_clear_wps() - which calls wpas_notify_network_removed() - which calls wpas_p2p_network_removed() - which calls wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout() - which calls wpas_group_formation_completed() - which calls wpas_p2p_group_delete() - which calls wpa_supplicant_remove_iface() - which calls wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface() - which calls wpa_supplicant_cleanup() - which calls eapol_sm_deinit() - ... which eventually uses the ptr data->in_buf to free tmpbuf, our stack variable and then the supplicant crashes If you fix this crash, you'll hit another. Fix it and then a segfault. The way we're cleaning up and deleting data from under ourselves here just isn't safe, so make the teardown portion of this async. Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com> Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-06 17:22:03 +02:00
eloop_register_timeout(0, 0, wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout,
wpa_s->parent, NULL);
P2P: Clean up group formation on network block removal If a P2P group network block is removed for any reason (e.g., wps_cancel command) while the interface is in group formation, remove the group formation timeout and indicate failure immediately. Previously, this type of operations could end up leaving the timeout running and result in somewhat unexpected group formation failure events later. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-10 11:56:42 +01:00
}
}
P2P: Show persistent group info on P2P_PEER data Add "persistent=<network id>" line to P2P_PEER ctrl_iface data if a persistent group credentials are available for this peer. This makes it easier for external programs to figure out when a persistent group could be re-invoked with this peer. For now, this information is only available on the P2P client, but similar information can be added for GO once a list of P2P clients is maintained with the persistent group data. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 20:45:20 +01:00
struct wpa_ssid * wpas_p2p_get_persistent(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
P2P: Set Invitation Type to 1 for GO inviting to a persistent group When a GO is operating a persistent group and invites a peer that has been a P2P client in that persistent group, the Invitation Type in the Invitation Request frame can be set to 1 to indicate that this is a reinvocation of a persistent group. Do this based on the maintained list of P2P clients that have been provided the credentials to this group. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-06 20:54:36 +01:00
const u8 *addr, const u8 *ssid,
size_t ssid_len)
P2P: Show persistent group info on P2P_PEER data Add "persistent=<network id>" line to P2P_PEER ctrl_iface data if a persistent group credentials are available for this peer. This makes it easier for external programs to figure out when a persistent group could be re-invoked with this peer. For now, this information is only available on the P2P client, but similar information can be added for GO once a list of P2P clients is maintained with the persistent group data. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 20:45:20 +01:00
{
struct wpa_ssid *s;
P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific peer device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:47:41 +01:00
size_t i;
P2P: Show persistent group info on P2P_PEER data Add "persistent=<network id>" line to P2P_PEER ctrl_iface data if a persistent group credentials are available for this peer. This makes it easier for external programs to figure out when a persistent group could be re-invoked with this peer. For now, this information is only available on the P2P client, but similar information can be added for GO once a list of P2P clients is maintained with the persistent group data. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 20:45:20 +01:00
for (s = wpa_s->conf->ssid; s; s = s->next) {
P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific peer device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:47:41 +01:00
if (s->disabled != 2)
continue;
P2P: Set Invitation Type to 1 for GO inviting to a persistent group When a GO is operating a persistent group and invites a peer that has been a P2P client in that persistent group, the Invitation Type in the Invitation Request frame can be set to 1 to indicate that this is a reinvocation of a persistent group. Do this based on the maintained list of P2P clients that have been provided the credentials to this group. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-06 20:54:36 +01:00
if (ssid &&
(ssid_len != s->ssid_len ||
os_memcmp(ssid, s->ssid, ssid_len) != 0))
continue;
P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific peer device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:47:41 +01:00
if (os_memcmp(s->bssid, addr, ETH_ALEN) == 0)
return s; /* peer is GO in the persistent group */
if (s->mode != WPAS_MODE_P2P_GO || s->p2p_client_list == NULL)
continue;
for (i = 0; i < s->num_p2p_clients; i++) {
if (os_memcmp(s->p2p_client_list + i * ETH_ALEN,
addr, ETH_ALEN) == 0)
return s; /* peer is P2P client in persistent
* group */
}
P2P: Show persistent group info on P2P_PEER data Add "persistent=<network id>" line to P2P_PEER ctrl_iface data if a persistent group credentials are available for this peer. This makes it easier for external programs to figure out when a persistent group could be re-invoked with this peer. For now, this information is only available on the P2P client, but similar information can be added for GO once a list of P2P clients is maintained with the persistent group data. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 20:45:20 +01:00
}
return NULL;
}
P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific peer device. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:47:41 +01:00
void wpas_p2p_notify_ap_sta_authorized(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const u8 *addr)
{
if (addr == NULL)
return;
wpas_p2p_add_persistent_group_client(wpa_s, addr);
}
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
static void wpas_p2p_fallback_to_go_neg(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
int group_added)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *group = wpa_s;
P2P: Fix fallback to GO Negotiation to avoid PD-before-join timeout The wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout could be left behind if the PD Request in p2p_connect-auto case does not succeed. This timeout can result in unexpected operations since it could trigger join operation while going through GO Negotiation. Fix this by canceling the timeout when falling back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-20 20:38:31 +02:00
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout, wpa_s, NULL);
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
if (wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation)
group = wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation;
wpa_s = wpa_s->parent;
P2P: Improve handling of p2p_connect-auto fallback Commit aa9bb7644b0f7acbc9403189f0c47c17079205bc improved robustness of p2p_connect-auto mechanism by using older scan results to help in determination whether the peer was operating a GO. Improve this by accepting new GO information from scan-for-WPS-provisioning results even if the GO is not yet ready for WPS. In addition, fix an issue where Provision Discovery exchange timeout could have left offchannel TX operation in progress when the fallback was used. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-15 04:55:43 +02:00
offchannel_send_action_done(wpa_s);
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
if (group_added)
P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete() and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than a variable in struct wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 11:41:31 +02:00
wpas_p2p_group_delete(group, P2P_GROUP_REMOVAL_SILENT);
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Fall back to GO Negotiation");
wpas_p2p_connect(wpa_s, wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr, wpa_s->p2p_pin,
wpa_s->p2p_wps_method, wpa_s->p2p_persistent_group, 0,
0, 0, wpa_s->p2p_go_intent, wpa_s->p2p_connect_freq,
P2P: Add option for Provision Discovery before GO Negotiation This is a workaround for interoperability issues with some deployed P2P implementations that require a Provision Discovery exchange to be used before GO Negotiation. The new provdisc parameter for the p2p_connect command can be used to request this behavior without having to run a separate p2p_prov_disc command. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 15:25:47 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_persistent_id,
P2P: Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_connect This can be used to start negotiated GO in 40 MHz channel width in 5GHz band. Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 22:07:44 +02:00
wpa_s->p2p_pd_before_go_neg,
wpa_s->p2p_go_ht40);
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
}
int wpas_p2p_scan_no_go_seen(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (!wpa_s->p2p_fallback_to_go_neg ||
wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning <= 5)
return 0;
P2P: Improve handling of p2p_connect-auto fallback Commit aa9bb7644b0f7acbc9403189f0c47c17079205bc improved robustness of p2p_connect-auto mechanism by using older scan results to help in determination whether the peer was operating a GO. Improve this by accepting new GO information from scan-for-WPS-provisioning results even if the GO is not yet ready for WPS. In addition, fix an issue where Provision Discovery exchange timeout could have left offchannel TX operation in progress when the fallback was used. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-15 04:55:43 +02:00
if (wpas_p2p_peer_go(wpa_s, wpa_s->pending_join_dev_addr) > 0)
return 0; /* peer operating as a GO */
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: GO not found for p2p_connect-auto - "
"fallback to GO Negotiation");
wpas_p2p_fallback_to_go_neg(wpa_s, 1);
return 1;
}
P2P: Use 500 ms search delay by default during concurrent operations If the p2p_find command is used without the delay parameter, a 500 ms default search delay will now be used when any interface using the same radio is in an concurrent operation. "p2p_find delay=0" can be used to enforce the old behavior in such a case if needed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 17:34:57 +02:00
unsigned int wpas_p2p_search_delay(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
const char *rn, *rn2;
struct wpa_supplicant *ifs;
if (wpa_s->wpa_state > WPA_SCANNING) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Use %u ms search delay due to "
"concurrent operation",
P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY);
return P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY;
}
if (!wpa_s->driver->get_radio_name)
return 0;
rn = wpa_s->driver->get_radio_name(wpa_s->drv_priv);
if (rn == NULL || rn[0] == '\0')
return 0;
for (ifs = wpa_s->global->ifaces; ifs; ifs = ifs->next) {
if (ifs == wpa_s || !ifs->driver->get_radio_name)
continue;
rn2 = ifs->driver->get_radio_name(ifs->drv_priv);
if (!rn2 || os_strcmp(rn, rn2) != 0)
continue;
if (ifs->wpa_state > WPA_SCANNING) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Use %u ms search "
"delay due to concurrent operation on "
"interface %s",
P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY, ifs->ifname);
return P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY;
}
}
return 0;
}
Reference in a new issue Copy permalink